WO2015123966A1 - Wireless access service method and device - Google Patents

Wireless access service method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015123966A1
WO2015123966A1 PCT/CN2014/083132 CN2014083132W WO2015123966A1 WO 2015123966 A1 WO2015123966 A1 WO 2015123966A1 CN 2014083132 W CN2014083132 W CN 2014083132W WO 2015123966 A1 WO2015123966 A1 WO 2015123966A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wireless access
access device
mobile terminal
link
links
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/083132
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李英涛
董明杰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP14883274.4A priority Critical patent/EP3101818B1/en
Priority to KR1020167025273A priority patent/KR101886771B1/en
Priority to JP2016552960A priority patent/JP6514224B2/en
Priority to EP18165997.0A priority patent/EP3435698B1/en
Publication of WO2015123966A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015123966A1/en
Priority to US15/241,865 priority patent/US10123220B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16Discovering, processing access restriction or access information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H04W64/003Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management locating network equipment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/005Moving wireless networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/08Access point devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to communication technologies, and in particular, to a wireless access service method and device.
  • a mobile terminal accesses a network through a wireless access device. Since the mobile terminal has mobility, when the mobile terminal moves to a different location, the wireless between the mobile terminal and the wireless access device The quality of the access link may be different. For example, if the mobile terminal is far away from the wireless access device, the quality of the wireless access link may be degraded, and the existing wireless access device is often fixedly placed at a specific location. Therefore, when the mobile terminal is away from the wireless access device due to reasons such as mobile, the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal cannot be satisfied.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless access service method and device to meet communication quality requirements of a mobile terminal.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service method, including:
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, where the first wireless access link is between the current location and the mobile terminal Wireless access link;
  • the radio access device determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device starts to move;
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and the second wireless access link is Determining, by the wireless access device, a wireless access link between the mobile terminal and the mobile terminal;
  • the radio access device stops moving
  • the radio access device When the quality of the second radio access link does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device continues to move.
  • the communication of the single mobile terminal The quality requirement is that the received signal strength of the mobile terminal indicates that the RSSI is not lower than the RSSI threshold; or the access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold; or the access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than Access bandwidth threshold.
  • the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indication RSSI of the mobile terminal is not lower than an RSSI threshold, including :
  • the RSSI under the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold required by the current service type
  • the access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than an access rate threshold, and includes:
  • the access rate of the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold required by the current service type
  • the access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than an access bandwidth threshold, and includes:
  • the access bandwidth of the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold required by the current service type.
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the single mobile terminal Communication quality requirements, including:
  • the wireless access device sets a periodic detection timer during the mobile process, and when the timer expires, starts to detect whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality of the single mobile terminal. demand.
  • the wireless access device determines the first wireless access link When the quality does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device starts to move, including:
  • the radio access device determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device according to the parameter of the first radio access link Determining a first target direction, the wireless access device begins to move in the first target direction.
  • the determining, by the wireless access device, the first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link includes:
  • the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
  • the determining, by the wireless access device, the first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link includes:
  • the wireless access device determines a first target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
  • the determining, by the wireless access device, the first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link includes:
  • the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
  • the radio access device continues to move, including:
  • the wireless access device moves in the second target direction.
  • the determining, by the wireless access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link includes:
  • the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
  • the determining, by the wireless access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link includes:
  • the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
  • the wireless Determining, by the access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second radio access link including: the radio access device according to the two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the radio access device An angle of arrival determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device;
  • the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
  • the method before the determining, by the radio access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second radio access link, the method further includes: The wireless access device determines whether the number of times the latter detection result is different from the previous detection result is greater than or equal to a threshold value, and if the network access device determines the quality of the second radio access link The parameter of the second wireless access link determines a second target direction; if not, the wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction.
  • the wireless access device determines a first target direction according to a parameter of the first wireless access link After the wireless access device starts moving in the first target direction, the method further includes: the wireless access device sensing, by the sensor, the obstacle in the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located Information, constructing, according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor, the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located;
  • the wireless access device adjusts the first target direction according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
  • the radio access device determines the second target according to the parameter of the second radio access link After the direction, before the wireless access device moves in the second target direction, the method further includes:
  • the wireless access device uses a sensor to sense the wireless access device and obstacle information in an environment in which the mobile terminal is located, and constructs the wireless access device and the mobile according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor.
  • the wireless access device adjusts the second target direction according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service method, including:
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links,
  • the first wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless connection R mobile terminals in the M mobile terminals of the device, M ⁇ l, ⁇ R ⁇ M;
  • the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, and the wireless access device When the target location is moved, the quality of the second set of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second set of radio access links includes R second radio access chains
  • the second wireless access link is a wireless access link of the wireless access device between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
  • the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is that each of the predetermined number or all of the R mobile terminals meets communication of a single mobile terminal.
  • a quality requirement where the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indication of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold, or the access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold, or The access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than an access bandwidth threshold.
  • the method before the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, the method further includes:
  • the wireless access device determines the target location according to parameters of the R first wireless access links.
  • the determining, by the wireless access device, the target location according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links including: the wireless Obtaining, by the access device, location information of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the R first radio access links;
  • the wireless access device determines the target location according to location information of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device.
  • the radio access device acquires, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, the R mobile terminals respectively Location information of the wireless access device, including:
  • the radio access device acquires, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, the R mobile terminals respectively Location information of the wireless access device, including:
  • the radio access device determines the quality of the first group of radio access links The communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is not satisfied, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
  • the wireless access device triggers the wireless access device from the current The position moves to the target position.
  • the radio access device determines the target according to the parameters of the R first radio access links After the location, it also includes:
  • the wireless access device adjusts the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain an adjusted target location;
  • the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
  • the wireless access device moves from a current location to an adjusted target location.
  • the wireless access device adjusts the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and obtains Before the adjusted target position, it also includes: The wireless access device uses the sensor to perceive the obstacle information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and constructs the wireless access device and the device according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. The environment in which the R mobile terminals are located.
  • the method further includes: Receiving, by the wireless access device, a comparison result between a quality of the second group of radio access links fed back by the radio access device and a quality of the first group of radio access links;
  • the wireless access device determines a target location for the next move based on the comparison result and parameters of the second wireless access link.
  • the radio access device determines the target according to the parameters of the R first radio access links After the location, it also includes:
  • the wireless access device After the wireless access device performs local simulation to verify that the wireless access device moves to the target location, whether the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set; The wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
  • the wireless access device determines that the local simulation result is that the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service method, including:
  • the remote control center detects whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where the first The wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless access device R mobile terminals in M mobile terminals, M ⁇ l, ⁇ ⁇ R ⁇ M;
  • the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set
  • the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location.
  • the wireless access device moves to the target location
  • the quality of the second set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second group
  • the wireless access link includes R second wireless access links
  • the second wireless access link is a wireless connection between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals Access link.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service device, where the wireless access service device is a wireless access device, and includes:
  • a first detecting module configured to detect whether a quality of the first wireless access link meets a communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal, where the first wireless access link is the current location and the mobile a wireless access link between terminals;
  • a first control module configured to: when the radio access device determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, control the radio access device to start moving;
  • a second detecting module configured to: when the wireless access device moves, detecting whether a quality of the second wireless access link meets a communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the location of the wireless access device and the mobile terminal after the mobile device;
  • a second control module configured to: when the quality of the second wireless access link meets a communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, control the wireless access device to stop moving; when the second wireless access link When the quality of the path does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device is controlled to continue to move.
  • the second detecting module is specifically configured to: when the wireless access device moves, set a periodic detection timer, and when the timer expires, start It is detected whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal.
  • the first control module is specifically configured to: when the first detection module determines the first wireless access link When the quality does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device determines a first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device follows the first target The direction begins to move.
  • the first control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the parameter according to the first wireless access link And taking the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
  • the first control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, an antenna that accesses the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal The direction of the beam determines the first target direction.
  • the first control module is specifically configured to control an antenna array of the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal to the wireless access device An angle of arrival of the two antennas determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a first target direction.
  • the second control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine a second target direction according to a parameter of the second wireless access link; The wireless access device moves in the second target direction.
  • the second control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the acquiring according to the parameter of the second wireless access link. a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a second target direction.
  • the second control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the antenna of the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal The direction of the beam determines the second target direction.
  • the second control module is specifically configured to control, according to the mobile terminal, an antenna array from the mobile terminal to the wireless access device An angle of arrival of the two antennas determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a second target direction.
  • the second control module is further configured by the second detection module to determine that the second radio access link is detected by the N times. In the quality result, whether the number of times the latter detection result is different from the previous detection result is greater than or equal to the threshold, and if so, the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link; The wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction.
  • the first control module is further configured to control the wireless access device to use the sensor to sense the wireless connection Obstagging information in the environment in which the device and the mobile terminal are located, constructing the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor; the wireless access device according to the environment The wireless access device and an environment in which the mobile terminal is located adjust the first target direction.
  • the second control module is further configured to control the wireless access device to use the sensor to sense the wireless connection Obstagging information in the environment in which the device and the mobile terminal are located, constructing the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor; the wireless access device according to the environment The wireless access device and an environment in which the mobile terminal is located adjust the second target direction.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service device, where the wireless access service device is a wireless access device, and includes:
  • a detecting module configured to detect whether a quality of the first group of radio access links meets a communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where a wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless R mobile terminals among M mobile terminals of the access device, M ⁇ l, ⁇ R ⁇ M;
  • a control module configured to: when the detecting module determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, where the wireless When the access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second group of radio access links includes R pieces of second wireless An access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
  • the device further includes: a path planning module, configured to: before the control module triggers the wireless access device to move from a current location to a target location, according to the The parameters of the R first radio access links determine the target location.
  • a path planning module configured to: before the control module triggers the wireless access device to move from a current location to a target location, according to the The parameters of the R first radio access links determine the target location.
  • the path planning module is specifically configured to acquire, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, the R mobile terminals. Location information relative to the wireless access device, respectively;
  • the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to a direction in which the R mobile terminals respectively access the antenna beam of the wireless access device a direction in which the R mobile terminals are respectively opposed to the wireless access device; determining a distance of the R mobile terminals from the wireless access device according to an arrival time TOA; determining the R mobile terminals according to the direction and the distance Relative to the location information of the wireless access device.
  • the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to an arrival angle of the two antennas of the R mobile terminals to the antenna array respectively The direction and distance of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device, respectively.
  • the control module is specifically configured to determine the first and last times of detecting the first group of radio access links Whether the quality meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; when the most recent first N times detects that the quality of the first set of wireless access links is not satisfied
  • the wireless access device is controlled to move from the current location to the target location.
  • the path planning module is further configured to determine the target location according to parameters of the R first wireless access links Then, adjusting the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain an adjusted target location;
  • the control module is specifically configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from a current location to an adjusted target location.
  • the path planning module is further configured to adjust the target according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located Positioning, before obtaining the adjusted target position, using sensors to perceive the obstacle information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and constructing the wireless connection according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor The environment in which the device and the R mobile terminals are located.
  • the path planning module is further configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from the current location to the destination After comparing the target location, receiving a comparison result between the quality of the second group of radio access links fed back by the radio access device and the quality of the first group of radio access links; according to the comparison result and the second radio connection Enter the parameters of the link to determine the target location for the next move.
  • the control module is further used by the path planning module to determine, according to parameters of the R first radio access links After the target location, after the local simulation verifies that the wireless access device moves to the target location, whether the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set; the control module Specifically, when determining that the local simulation result is that the second group of radio access links meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, triggering the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a radio access service device, where the radio access service device is a remote control center, and includes:
  • a detecting module configured to detect whether a quality of the first group of radio access links meets a communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where A wireless access link is a wireless access link between a current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless access R mobile terminals among M mobile terminals of the device, M ⁇ l, ⁇ ⁇ R ⁇ M;
  • a control module configured to determine that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location, where When the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second group of radio access links includes R strips And a second wireless access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal, and if the wireless access device determines the first wireless access If the quality of the link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device starts to move from the current location. During the mobile process, it can detect whether the second wireless link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and if so, Then the mobile is stopped, and if it is not satisfied, the mobile is continued, that is, the quality of the wireless access link is improved by the mobile access device to meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is an architectural diagram of a system 1 of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is an architectural diagram of a system 2 of the present invention
  • Embodiment 3 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam positioning mobile terminal according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of positioning of an AOA using two antennas according to the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic view of an AOA reflected by an obstacle in the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an environment in which a wireless access device of the present invention is configured by a sensor;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a second embodiment of a wireless access service method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of dividing a two-dimensional plane in which a wireless access device is located into a fixed area according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 4 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 3 of a wireless access service device is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 4 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all of the embodiments. example. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the present invention.
  • the wireless access device of the present invention has a self-moving function, and the main idea of the present invention is that when the quality of the wireless access link between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal cannot meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal, the wireless access device The mobility improves the quality of the wireless access link between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal, thereby meeting the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal for the communication quality of the mobile terminal.
  • a wireless access device accesses M mobile terminals, M ⁇ l, and the above M mobile terminals access the Internet through the wireless access device.
  • M is equal to 1
  • FIG. 1 is the present invention.
  • the architecture diagram of system one, when M>1, as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is an architectural diagram of system 2 of the present invention, that is, multiple mobile terminals access the Internet through the same wireless access device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a first embodiment of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention.
  • the executor of the embodiment is a wireless access device, and the wireless access device of the embodiment has a self-moving function.
  • the application scenario of this embodiment is that the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device has a specific mobile terminal, for example: the specific mobile terminal may be an important person of the operator (Very Important Person, below) Referred to as: VIP), operators generally consider prioritizing the communication quality requirements of this particular mobile terminal.
  • VIP Very Important Person, below
  • the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal refers to the communication quality requirement of the specific mobile terminal
  • the “mobile terminal” refers to the specific mobile terminal instead of accessing the wireless.
  • the method of this embodiment is as follows:
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal.
  • the first wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and the mobile terminal of the wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device can periodically broadcast its own presence, thereby ensuring that the mobile terminal accesses the wireless access device by wireless after discovering the wireless access device.
  • the quality of the first radio access link can be obtained by the following two methods, but not limited to the following two manners.
  • the radio access device periodically detects and learns; specifically, the radio access device sets a timer of a certain period. Obtaining a quality characterizing the first wireless access link when the timer expires
  • the parameter of the quantity, wherein the parameter that can be used to represent the quality of the first radio access link may be: Received Signal Strength Indication (RSI) information between the mobile terminal and the radio access device, The access rate of the mobile terminal user, the bandwidth information, or the service type of the mobile terminal, etc.;
  • the second mode The quality of the first radio access link can also be learned by the manner in which the mobile terminal periodically reports the parameters.
  • the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal may include at least one of the following: the RSSI strength is not lower than the RSSI threshold; or, the access rate is not lower than the access rate threshold; or, the access bandwidth is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold;
  • the RSSI strength, the access rate, and the access bandwidth may be for the current service type, specifically: the RSSI under the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold required by the current service type, or the current The access rate of the service type is not lower than the access rate threshold required by the current service type, or the access bandwidth of the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold required by the current service type.
  • the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold.
  • the RSSI of the first radio access link detected by the radio access device is lower than the RSSI threshold, the first wireless is determined.
  • the quality of the access link cannot meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal.
  • Other communication quality threshold settings are similar and will not be described here.
  • the foregoing timing detection or timing reports the quality of the first radio access link, and the radio access device can implement the timer locally. For example, if the radio access device locally sets a timer of 1 mm, the radio access device performs the interval. 1 minute will check whether the current wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal. The timer periodically triggers quality detection of the wireless access link whether the wireless access device is stationary or moving.
  • timing detection or the timing report is only an implementation manner, and the present invention can also be detected in other manners according to actual needs, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal. If yes, execute S304. If not, execute S305.
  • the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the mobile access device and the mobile terminal.
  • S304 The wireless access device stops moving.
  • the wireless access device when the wireless access device is in the process of moving, detecting that the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device stops moving, and detecting that the second wireless access link is not satisfied
  • the wireless access device continues to move as the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal during the mobile process, and the wireless access device sets the periodic detection timer when the timer expires. And detecting whether the quality of the second radio access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and the method is similar to the method for detecting whether the quality of the first radio access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, This will not be repeated here.
  • S303 is performed in the process of the wireless access device continuing to move until the communication quality of the second wireless access link between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal can meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and the movement is stopped.
  • the target direction of the mobile is first acquired, and the wireless access device moves along the target direction.
  • the implementation manner of determining the target direction includes, but is not limited to, the following manner.
  • One implementation manner is that the wireless access device determines the target direction according to the parameters of the wireless access link, and the parameters of the wireless link mentioned above may be It is a parameter of the current time of the wireless link, and may be a parameter of the current time of the wireless access link and before the current time.
  • the wireless access device mentioned above satisfies the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal by starting to move or continue to move.
  • the starting mobile refers to the original stationary state, and the quality of the wireless access link needs to be improved by the mobile; Continued movement means that it is already moving, but still needs to continue moving to improve the quality of the wireless access link. In both cases, you need to determine the target direction of the move.
  • the target direction in which the wireless access device moves for the first time is referred to as a first target direction, that is, a target direction determined in a process in which the state of the wireless access device changes from static to mobile;
  • the target direction may be re-determined according to the detection result of the quality of the second wireless access link, and the re-determined target direction is referred to as the second target direction, that is, the target direction determined by the wireless access device during the moving process.
  • the first target direction and the second target direction may be the same or different, but the method of determining the first target direction and the second target direction is the same, that is, according to wireless access between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. Determining, by the parameter of the link, determining that the first target direction is determined according to a parameter of the first radio access link, determining that the second target direction is determined according to a parameter of the second radio access link.
  • the first parameter the wireless access device acquires parameters of the first wireless access link.
  • the parameter of the first radio access link may be a parameter of a signal transmitted on the first radio access link and/or a parameter of the antenna associated with the first radio access link and/or with a radio access chain.
  • the parameter of the first radio access link is obtained by the radio access device, which may be the first radio access link parameter of the current moment of the current location, or may be the parameter of the first radio access link within a certain time range. For example: The parameters of the first wireless access link from a few minutes ago to the current time.
  • the wireless access device obtains the parameters of the first wireless access link, which may be obtained by means of active collection, or may be obtained by means of feedback from the mobile terminal.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the wireless access device determines the first target direction according to the parameters of the first wireless access link.
  • the invention includes, but is not limited to, the following ways of determining the first target direction:
  • the first implementation manner the wireless access device acquires a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameter of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device determines that the mobile terminal is opposite to the mobile terminal
  • the direction of the wireless access device is the first target direction, where the direction may be determined according to the direction in the location information of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, or according to the connection between the coordinates of the mobile terminal and the coordinates of the wireless access device determine.
  • the present invention does not limit the method for obtaining the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
  • the second implementation manner is often applied to a scenario in which a wireless access device has a smart antenna.
  • the directional antenna in the smart antenna is used as an example.
  • the directional antenna refers to transmitting and receiving electromagnetic waves in a specific direction or a certain specific direction.
  • the transmission area of the signal can be reduced from a circular shape to a sector shape, so that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device can be determined according to the direction of the antenna beam, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.
  • a wireless access device with a directional antenna can combine the signal strength based method with the directional feature of the wireless signal, and then obtain the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the mapping between the wireless access device and the antenna beam direction. Thereby determining the first target direction, typically the first target direction is the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
  • Table 1 is a mapping table of the beam of the wireless access device and the direction with respect to the wireless access device:
  • Table 1 is a mapping table of the beam of the wireless access device and the direction relative to the wireless access device.
  • the present invention also provides a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam or a coverage sector locating mobile terminal. As shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam locating mobile terminal according to the present invention, wherein each antenna beam corresponds to one direction. The more antenna beams, the smaller the sector corresponding to each antenna beam, and the more accurate the direction of positioning.
  • the first target direction can also be adjusted in combination with obstacle information in the actual environment.
  • the second implementation manner is used to obtain the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, thereby determining the first target direction, which is easy to implement, saves overhead, and can be used for high-precision positioning in a wide range of indoors.
  • the third implementation is applicable to a scenario in which the wireless access device has multiple antenna arrays, but is not limited to such a scenario.
  • the wireless access device determines that the mobile terminal is relatively wireless according to the angle of arrival of the two antennas in the antenna array from the mobile terminal. Accessing the direction of the device, and then the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is the first target direction.
  • the following describes an example of determining the direction of a mobile terminal relative to a wireless access device.
  • the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is determined according to the angle of arrival of the two antennas in the antenna array by the mobile terminal respectively. Because the scattering environment around the mobile terminal and the wireless access device is different in the wireless communication, the multi-antenna system is Antennas at different locations experience different fading, resulting in angular dispersion, ie, spatially selective fading.
  • the positioning algorithm based on TDOA technology can achieve better positioning accuracy under Gaussian noise environment.
  • the base station can measure a relatively accurate AOA value, and utilize the hybrid positioning method of TDOA and AOA to locate The accuracy is improved by using only the TDOA positioning method.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of positioning of an AOA using two antennas according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, three points of the antenna 1, the antenna 2, and the mobile terminal are respectively triangular. The three vertices of the line, the coordinates are ( ⁇ ⁇ , y , ( ⁇ 2 , ⁇ ), ( ⁇ TM, ⁇ ), the antenna
  • the side length between 1 and the mobile terminal is the side length between the antenna 2 and the mobile terminal is ⁇ , where ⁇ and ⁇ can determine the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device according to the TOA.
  • the coordinates of the mobile terminal ( ⁇ TM, can be obtained according to the following two formulas:
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the AOA reflected by the obstacle in the present invention, and is accurately estimated by deleting the direction of the interfering AOA reflected by the obstacle.
  • the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device thereby determining the first target direction.
  • determining the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is the first target direction, and of course, adjusting the obstacle information in the actual environment. A target direction.
  • TOA and TDOA can also be used to locate mobile terminals.
  • the basic method is to solve the geometric equation positioning method based on parameters such as TOA, Direction Of Arrival (hereinafter referred to as DOA:), Received Signal Strength (RSS), or the position of the joint positioning mobile terminal of several parameters.
  • DOA Direction Of Arrival
  • RSS Received Signal Strength
  • the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located may be combined to determine a more accurate and feasible target direction.
  • the first target direction is adjusted according to the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, and the adjusted direction is used as the first A target direction.
  • the wireless access device uses the sensor to perceive the wireless access device and the obstacle information in the environment in which the mobile terminal is located, and constructs the wireless access device and the mobile according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor An environment in which the terminal is located; the wireless access device adjusts the first target direction according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
  • the wireless access device after determining the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the first wireless access link parameter, if the wireless access device locally has a global detailed map of the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located (may also External input), you can directly sense according to your position Obstacle and the obstacle information identified on the map, according to the path planning principle such as the shortest distance, determine the target direction that needs to be moved.
  • the path planning principle such as the shortest distance
  • the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located may be acquired first.
  • the wireless access device can construct the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor by using the sensor to sense the obstacle information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located. Specifically, the wireless access device extracts the centroid of the obstacle as a vertex on the plan according to the information of the sensor sensing the obstacle, and based on the Voronoi theory, constructs a Voronoi diagram of the general environment by using an approximate construction method. That is equivalent to simulating the environment between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an environment in which a wireless access device of the present invention is configured by a sensor, and each circle in the figure is an obstacle perceived by a sensor of the wireless access device of the present invention.
  • the wireless access device moves, after the timer expires, it is detected that the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal, and then continues to move, and the mobile process continues. In the middle, it may be necessary to re-determine the target direction, that is, the second target direction.
  • the radio access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second radio access link; The device moves in the second target direction;
  • the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link, and includes the following implementation manners:
  • the wireless access device acquires a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to a parameter of the second wireless access link; the wireless access device determines that the mobile terminal is opposite to the wireless The direction of the access device is the second target direction.
  • the second type the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the direction in which the mobile terminal accesses the antenna beam of the wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device; The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
  • the wireless access device may also use the sensor to perceive the wireless access device and the environment in which the mobile terminal is located.
  • the obstacle information the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor; the wireless access device according to the wireless access device and the mobile terminal The environment at the location adjusts the second target direction.
  • the method for determining the first target direction may be referred to, and details are not described herein again.
  • the target direction of the mobile when the quality of the second radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal, whether the target direction of the mobile needs to be re-determined during the wireless access device continues to move, gp, is continued to press The first target direction continues to move, or a second target direction is determined to move in the second target direction. And determining, by the wireless access device, whether the number of times that the second detection result is worse than the previous detection result is greater than or equal to a threshold value, and if yes, The wireless access device determines a second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link; if not, the wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction.
  • the wireless access device determines whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and if the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not satisfy the single mobile terminal.
  • the communication quality requirement the wireless access device starts to move from the current location, and during the mobile process, it can detect whether the second wireless link satisfies the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and if so, stops the mobile, if not, continues Mobile, that is, the quality of the wireless access link is improved by the movement of the wireless access device to meet the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a second embodiment of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention.
  • the executor of the embodiment is a wireless access device, and the wireless access device in this embodiment has a self-moving function.
  • the method of this embodiment is implemented by a robot as follows:
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set.
  • the first set of radio access links includes R first radio access links, and the first radio access link is between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
  • a wireless access link wherein the R mobile terminals are R mobile terminals having communication quality requirements among M mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device, M ⁇ l, 1 ⁇ R ⁇ M, that is, The mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device may have some or all of the communication quality.
  • the embodiment of the present invention considers only mobile terminals having communication quality requirements.
  • a mobile terminal having communication quality requirements may be some VIPs of an operator, and an operator generally considers preferentially satisfying a mobile terminal having communication quality requirements.
  • the following scenarios may be included, where the first scenario is R>1, and when 1>1, two cases are included, and one is M>R.
  • the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal, the first can be determined.
  • the group radio access link satisfies the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
  • the wireless access device can periodically broadcast its own presence, thereby ensuring that the mobile terminal accesses the wireless access device by wireless after discovering the wireless access device.
  • the parameters that can be used to characterize the quality of the first set of radio access links can be: RSSI between the mobile terminal and the radio access device Information, access rate of the mobile terminal user, bandwidth information, or service type of the mobile terminal; for the case of R>1, the first set of radio access links includes R first radio access links, which are used to characterize
  • the parameter of the quality of a set of radio access links may be a ratio, which is the ratio of the number of the first radio access links satisfying the communication quality of the mobile terminal in the R first radio access links to the R ratio. .
  • the quality of the R first radio access link between the radio access device and the R mobile terminals can also be obtained by periodically reporting the parameters of the mobile terminal.
  • the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal is an example that the RSSI strength is not lower than the RSSI threshold.
  • the RSSI of the first group of radio access links detected by the radio access device is lower than the RSSI threshold, it is determined.
  • the quality of the first set of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
  • the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is multiple, if the radio access device detects that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet any one of the requirements, determining that the quality of the first group of radio access links is not Meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set.
  • timing detection is only an implementation manner, and the present invention may also be detected in other manners according to actual needs, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the quality of the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals when the radio access device moves to the target location, where the second group of radio access links includes R second radio accesses.
  • the second wireless access link is a wireless access link of the wireless access device between the target location and any of the mobile terminals of the R mobile terminals.
  • the first implementation manner is that when the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal, the wireless access device is triggered to move from the current location to the target location.
  • the second implementation manner is: when the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the quality of the first group of radio access links in the historical period is learned, according to the historical time period.
  • the quality of the first set of wireless access links and the current detection result determine whether the wireless access device is triggered to move. That is, before the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, the method further includes: determining, by the wireless access device, whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the first N times.
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location only when the quality of the first set of wireless access links does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the first N times. This avoids unnecessary movement of the wireless access device.
  • the quality of the first group of radio access links in the first N times is always satisfied with the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the first group of radio access is detected for the first time.
  • the quality of the link does not meet the factors and conditions. It may be because the wireless access device directly passes the obstacle with the mobile terminal, or the source of the interference causes the quality of the first group of wireless access links to decrease. After that, or after the interference source is removed, the quality of the first set of wireless access links is restored, that is, in this case, the first set of wireless access chains
  • the quality of the road only drops in a short time, and there is no need for the wireless access device to move, so that unnecessary movement of the wireless access device can be avoided.
  • the aggregated communication quality requirements in this case, satisfy the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set by way of the wireless access device moving from the current location to the target location.
  • the wireless access device determines that the wireless access device needs to be moved by the wireless access device to meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set
  • the first acquisition target location is obtained, and one implementation manner is that the wireless access device performs the first wireless access according to the R The parameters of the link determine the target location. Then, plan the path that the wireless access device moves from the current location to the destination location.
  • the first parameter the radio access device acquires location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the radio access device according to the parameters of the R first radio access link.
  • the parameter of the first radio access link includes a parameter of a signal transmitted on the first radio access link and a parameter of an antenna associated with the first radio access link, where the first radio access link is
  • the parameters of the transmitted signal include: strength, direction, delay, TOA, AOA, etc. of the wireless signal
  • parameters of the antenna associated with the first wireless access link include: a mobile terminal transmitting a signal through the first wireless access link The direction of the beam of the antenna that is connected to the wireless device.
  • the parameters further include the distribution of the characteristics of the RSSI, the direction of the radio wave, and the distance between the two ends of the communication according to the characteristics of the strength, direction, and delay of the wireless signal. Statistics, can be used for location estimation and so on.
  • the location information refers to the direction and/or distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, that is, the location information of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device may be determined according to the direction and/or distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, of course.
  • the location information may also be coordinate information of the mobile terminal.
  • the method for determining the location information of each mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device in the R mobile terminals is the same.
  • the method for determining the location information of one mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is taken as an example for detailed description.
  • the method for determining location information of other mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device is similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the present invention includes, but is not limited to, the following two ways of determining the location of a mobile terminal relative to a wireless access device:
  • the first implementation manner is often applied to a scenario where a wireless access device has a smart antenna.
  • the directional antenna in the smart antenna is used as an example.
  • the directional antenna refers to transmitting and receiving electromagnetic waves in a certain direction or a certain specific direction.
  • the transmission area of the signal can be reduced from a circular shape to a sector shape, so that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device can be determined according to the direction of the antenna beam, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.
  • a wireless access device with a directional antenna can combine the signal strength based method with the directional feature of the wireless signal, and then obtain the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the mapping between the wireless access device and the antenna beam direction. As shown in Table 1, Table 1 is shown in Table 1 in the embodiment shown in Figure 3, and is not drawn here.
  • the present invention also provides a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam or a coverage sector locating mobile terminal. As shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam locating mobile terminal according to the present invention, wherein each antenna beam corresponds to one direction. The more antenna beams, the smaller the sector corresponding to each antenna beam, and the more accurate the direction of positioning.
  • the wireless access device receives the signal through the directional antenna, and the wireless access device receives the signals through the wireless access device to estimate the distance from the mobile terminal to the wireless access device, thereby acquiring the location information of the mobile terminal, for example: the wireless access device
  • the distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device can be determined based on the time of arrival TOA.
  • the first implementation manner is used to obtain the location information of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, which is easy to implement, saves overhead, and can be used for high-precision positioning in a wide range of indoors.
  • the second implementation is applicable to a scenario in which the wireless access device has multiple antenna arrays, but is not limited to such a scenario.
  • the wireless access device determines R according to the arrival angles of the R antennas to the two antennas in the antenna array. The direction and distance of the mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device.
  • the method for determining the direction and distance of a mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is described below.
  • the method for determining the direction and distance of the other mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is similar, and details are not described herein.
  • the direction and distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device are determined according to the angle of arrival of the two antennas in the antenna array by the mobile terminal respectively, and the multiple antennas are different due to different scattering environments around the mobile terminal and the wireless access device in the wireless communication.
  • Antennas at different locations in the system experience different fading, resulting in angular dispersion, ie, spatially selective fading.
  • channel information is extended from the original two-dimensional information (time, frequency) to three-dimensional information (time, frequency, space). Therefore, unlike the study of single antenna, In the study of multiple antennas, indoor positioning can make full use of spatial angle information such as AOA, AOD.
  • AOA spatial angle information
  • AOD spatial angle information
  • the multi-antenna array configuration of the wireless access device has become more and more common, so the positioning of the mobile terminal can be performed through the multi-antenna AOA, TOA and TDOA parameters.
  • the positioning algorithm based on TDOA technology can achieve better positioning accuracy under Gaussian noise environment.
  • the base station can measure a relatively accurate AOA value, and utilize the hybrid positioning method of TDOA and AOA to locate The accuracy is improved by using only the TDOA positioning method.
  • LOS line-of-sight
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of positioning of an AOA using two antennas according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, three points of the antenna 1, the antenna 2, and the mobile terminal are respectively triangular. The three vertices of the line, the coordinates are ( ⁇ ⁇ , y , ( ⁇ 2 , ⁇ ), ( ⁇ TM, ⁇ ), the antenna
  • the side length between 1 and the mobile terminal is i, and the side length between the antenna 2 and the mobile terminal is ⁇ , wherein the sum can determine the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device according to the TOA.
  • the coordinates of the mobile terminal ( ⁇ TM can be obtained according to the formula (1 ) and the formula ( 2 ) in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3:
  • the environmental information can be obtained through the sensor to determine which ⁇ is directly from the mobile terminal, which ⁇ is reflected by the obstacle, and the reflection by the obstacle is as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic view of a crucible reflected by an obstacle in the present invention, and the position of the user is accurately estimated by deleting the direction of the interference ⁇ reflected by the obstacle.
  • ⁇ and TDOA as well as the above-mentioned multiple statistical features of wireless signals to perform mobile terminal positioning.
  • the basic approach is to solve the geometric equation positioning method based on parameters such as TOA, DOA, and received signal strength (RSS) or to jointly locate the position of the mobile terminal with several parameters.
  • RSS received signal strength
  • the wireless access device determines the target location according to the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device.
  • a more accurate and feasible target location may be determined in combination with the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located.
  • the target location may be adjusted according to the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain the adjusted target location.
  • the target position to be moved can be determined, and the target position can be specifically determined by direction, coordinates, time and speed. Information identification.
  • the wireless access device does not have a global detailed map of the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located may be obtained first.
  • the wireless access device can use the sensor to sense the obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and construct the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. Specifically, the wireless access device extracts the centroid of the obstacle as a vertex on the plan view according to the information of the sensor sensing the obstacle, and constructs a Voron map of the general environment by using an approximate construction method based on the Voronoi theory.
  • FIG. 7 is an environment in which the wireless access device of the present invention is configured by a sensor, and each circle in the figure is an obstacle perceived by the sensor of the wireless access device of the present invention.
  • the computing capability of the wireless access device supports, after the local analog wireless access device moves to the target location, whether the second set of wireless access links can meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, if the simulation The result is that after the wireless access device moves to the target location, the second group of wireless access links can meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the wireless access device triggers the wireless access device to perform the move to the target location. If not, the wireless access device re-plans the target location.
  • a collision-free path network of wireless access device motion is formed by connecting the current location and the target location of the wireless access device to the Voronoi diagram. Approximate an obstacle into a particle Then the probability that the wireless access device will hit the obstacle along the Voronoi side of the environmental obstacle is minimal.
  • the path information of the current location to the target location is planned by other means, and the path information may be the coordinates of a point of the target location, or the direction of an angle identifier, or multiple consecutive points between the current location and the target location. Coordinates, or the continuous movement time in a certain direction, and the speed of movement.
  • path planning can only plan the location or direction of the next point where the wireless access device moves, and how the wireless access device moves the path without planning.
  • the wireless access device locates the spatial position of the mobile terminal by using the above multiple mobile terminal positioning mechanisms, it is P r, ⁇ ), that is, at a distance r in the ⁇ direction of the local coordinates of the wireless access device.
  • the above coordinates are two-dimensional coordinates.
  • a planar mechanical device such as a wheel-driven access point device, it is not necessary to perform coordinate conversion further, and the information can be directly used for the next processing.
  • information such as the height of the wireless access device can be converted into a coordinate P' ( X ', y', Z ':> identifiable by the mechanical control unit, and the converted target position will be Placed in the local map currently stored by the wireless access device, the map contains environmental information sensed by the sensor module, such as obstacle information.
  • the planned path information (ie, the target location information) can be expressed as follows:
  • T1 ( ⁇ ) that is, moving along the ⁇ direction which is the far point of the coordinate system of the wireless access device
  • Direction + distance mode Tl ( a, L ), that is, the distance L is translated along the ⁇ direction of the coordinate system whose origin is the current position of the wireless access device.
  • Direction + time Tl (a, t), that is, move the t time along the ⁇ direction of the coordinate system whose coordinate position is the coordinate system of the current position of the wireless access device.
  • Direction + speed + time mode T2 ( ⁇ , ⁇ , t), that is, the wireless access device translates the time t in the coordinate system of the coordinate system originating from the current position of the wireless access device as the coordinate system origin. After stopping; here, because there is speed planning information, in addition to obtaining the location information of the mobile terminal, a more change rule of the location is needed to predict the speed of the wireless access device moving;
  • Target position mode T3 (X, y, z), that is, the wireless access device moves to the space coordinate
  • a continuous path composed of multiple points It may be a combination of the above various methods, or may be a certain method. The difference is that the continuous path contains information of a plurality of moving points.
  • the wireless access device After the path information is planned, after the wireless access device moves to the target location according to the path information, the wireless access device receives the quality and shift of the second group of wireless access links fed back by the wireless access device. As a result of the comparison of the quality of the first set of wireless access links before the move, the wireless access device determines the target location of the next move based on the comparison result and the parameters of the second wireless access link. Gp, after the wireless access wireless access device moves to the target location, it compares whether the mobile wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and if yes, feedbacks the successful feedback information of the planning, if not, The feedback information of the failed planning feedback is provided for the wireless access device to enter a planning path.
  • the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and if the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not satisfy the mobile
  • the communication quality requirement of the terminal set the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, so that the second set of wireless access links after the mobile meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, that is, the mobility of the wireless access device is improved.
  • the quality of the wireless access link to meet the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment is directed to the scenario shown in FIG. 1 , that is, only one mobile terminal accessing a wireless access device has communication quality requirements.
  • the method in this embodiment includes: S901: The radio access device detects whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal.
  • step S801 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 This step is similar to step S801 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and details are not described herein again.
  • the radio access device determines the direction of the strongest received signal by moving the first distance in different directions. The direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of dividing a two-dimensional plane in which a wireless access device is located into a fixed area according to the present invention.
  • the wireless access device divides the two-dimensional plane in which it is located into eight fixed areas, that is, divided into eight.
  • the wireless access device compares the access signal strength in each direction by moving the first distance (usually very short) in different directions, and determines that the direction of the strongest access signal is the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device determines the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device according to the TOA. That is, the length of the path of the signal transmission, that is, the distance between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal, is obtained according to the propagation rate of the signal and the time.
  • the wireless access device determines the target location by combining the direction and distance of the mobile terminal with respect to the wireless access device. For details, refer to the detailed description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , and details are not described herein again.
  • the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location.
  • the effect of the path planning (the second set of wireless access link qualities between the target location and the mobile terminal of the wireless access device) may also be fed back. So that the wireless access device determines the target location of the next move according to the feedback effect.
  • the wireless access device has only one scenario with communication quality requirements, and the wireless access device attempts to move in different directions, and the method for determining the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the strength of the received signal, and then according to the TOA, etc.
  • the method determines the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device, and further determines the target location in combination with the direction and distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention.
  • the executor of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 is a remote control center.
  • the method in this embodiment is as follows: S1101: Remote Control
  • the center detects whether the quality of the first set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
  • the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, and the first radio access link is a wireless access device from any of the current locations to any of the R mobile terminals.
  • the wireless access link wherein the R mobile terminals are R mobile terminals among the M mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device, M ⁇ l, ⁇ R ⁇ M.
  • S801. For details, refer to S801. The difference is that the S801 is the wireless access device.
  • the remote control center is the same as the remote control center. The functions are the same and will not be described here.
  • the remote control center When the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location.
  • the quality of the second set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the second set of wireless access links includes R and second a wireless access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
  • the remote control center determines whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and if the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not satisfy the mobile
  • the communication quality requirement of the terminal set the remote control center starts to move the wireless access device from the current location to the target location, so that the second set of wireless access links after the mobile meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, that is, through the wireless connection
  • the movement of the incoming device improves the quality of the wireless access link to meet the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • the device in this embodiment includes a communication module, a mobile control module, a mechanical mobility module, a positioning module, a storage module, and an operating system.
  • Operating System hereinafter referred to as: OS
  • OS Operating System
  • battery module battery module
  • sensor module sensor module
  • processor module the structure of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 is a superior structure, wherein the communication module, the mobile control module, and the mechanical movement module are the present invention
  • the other modules are optional modules.
  • the communication module provides a wireless communication method such as a wireless cellular, WLAN, and the like, and includes a wireless communication management unit, a wireless cellular unit, a WLAN communication unit, and other communication units, wherein the wireless communication management unit performs the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device.
  • Management which manages the backhaul link that forwards the traffic of the wireless access device to the Internet (backhaul management).
  • the access management is a wireless communication method, and the backhaul management can be wireless or wired (if it is wired, there is no need for excessive management functions).
  • the wireless cellular unit provides communication mode for the wireless cellular
  • the WLAN communication unit provides WLAN communication
  • other communication units provide other communication methods.
  • the positioning module includes: a GPS positioning unit and a location management unit, wherein the GPS positioning unit is configured to acquire the location information of the wireless access device; and the location management unit is configured to acquire and manage the location of the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device. Information; The information of the positioning module can assist the mobile control module and the mechanical movement module to make control judgments and path planning.
  • An OS module an operating system module, that manages hardware and software resources of a wireless access device, such as managing and configuring memory, memory, prioritizing system resource supply and demand, controlling input and output devices, operating network, and managing file systems, etc.
  • the operating system also provides an operator interface that allows the user to interact with the system.
  • the types of operating systems are very diverse, and the operating systems installed on different devices can range from simple to complex, ranging from mobile embedded systems to large operating systems for supercomputers. Xu Many operating system manufacturers do not agree on the scope of its coverage. For example, some operating systems integrate a graphical user interface (GUI), while others use only a command-line interface (command-line interface, below). Abbreviation: CLI), and the GUI is considered a non-essential application.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • CLI command-line interface
  • a battery module that provides power to other modules of the wireless access device.
  • a processor module that processes instructions, performs operations, controls time, and processes data.
  • the Central Processing Unit (CPU) processor fetches instructions from the memory or cache, places them in the instruction registers, and decodes the instructions. It breaks up the instructions into a series of micro-ops, then issues various control commands to execute the micro-operation series to complete the execution of an instruction.
  • An instruction is a basic command that performs the type and operation of an operation.
  • An instruction consists of one byte or multiple bytes, including an opcode field, one or more fields related to the operand address, and some status words and signatures that characterize the state of the machine. Some instructions also directly contain the operand itself.
  • a storage module, a component, device, and computer system that holds data and provides the appropriate data as required by the operation.
  • the storage system allows information to continue over time without fading, and the wireless access device's storage system allows digital information to be maintained in the medium, providing timely access when needed.
  • the mobile control module including the wireless link monitoring unit, is configured to analyze the state of the access user and/or the backhaul communication link/network, and combines preset threshold parameters to determine whether to trigger the mechanical movement module to perform position adjustment, so as to better Meet user needs.
  • the wireless link monitoring unit will eventually generate a preliminary control command that is transmitted to the mechanical movement module to trigger the working process of the mechanical movement module. It also includes a path planning unit and a motion control unit, a path planning unit (planning a single point, the two-point distance from the current position to the target position is also a path.
  • the motion control unit is the command center of the wireless access device responsible for processing the operation instructions, internal and external environmental information, and making decisions according to the predetermined ontology model, environment model and control program, generating corresponding control signals, driving the components of the actuator unit by the drive system unit, in a determined order , trajectory, velocity, and acceleration motion, complete the specified task.
  • the general requirement for the wireless access control system is to implement the control functions for the position, speed, acceleration, etc. of the wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device for continuous trajectory motion must also have the trajectory planning and control functions.
  • the two units accept the control commands issued by the radio link monitoring unit, and in the path planning unit, the plan party that plans the next target moving point Style.
  • the goal of the path planning is to find a collision-free, fastest improvement for the wireless access device according to the wireless access link parameters between the mobile terminal and the wireless access device and the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, and the surrounding environmental information.
  • the path of wireless access communication quality its main contents include: target positioning, motion modeling, environment modeling and path search.
  • the mechanical movement module is the main component of the access point to achieve free movement. Includes drive system, actuator unit and servo feedback system.
  • the actuator unit may be a moving vehicle, an aircraft, a wall climbing device having a strong suction capability, or the like.
  • the actuator unit is the main body of the mechanical movement module of the wireless access device and can be constructed of links, movable joints and other components for performing tasks. Usually, its action is directly controlled by the wireless access device controller (motion control + drive system).
  • the actuator receives the drive of the drive system.
  • Common drive units include servo motors, split motors, cylinders and hydraulic cylinders, as well as new drives. They are controlled by the controller of the motion control module.
  • the servo feedback unit performs an evaluation feedback on the result of the wireless access device moving to the target position to guide the subsequent motion path planning unit to perform the next path planning and motion control unit for motion control.
  • the sensor module has a detection and sensing function for the external environment. It can include various types of sensors such as temperature sensor, camera, and obstacle sensing (3D sensor) to achieve the functions of this unit.
  • sensors such as temperature sensor, camera, and obstacle sensing (3D sensor) to achieve the functions of this unit.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is different from the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, and the mobile control module of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 is remotely controlled.
  • the remote access control center performs path planning by transmitting the wireless link information to the remote control center, and the remote control center sends a location movement control command to the wireless access device, and the functions of each module in FIG. The same as that shown in FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • the wireless access service device is a wireless access device.
  • the wireless access device in this embodiment includes a first detection module 1401.
  • the first control module 1401 is configured to detect whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, where the first wireless access link is the wireless access device at the current location.
  • the first control module 1402 is configured to: when the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not satisfy the communication quality of the single mobile terminal When required, control the The wireless access device starts to move; the second detecting module 1403 is configured to detect, during the moving process, whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, The second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the mobile access device and the mobile terminal, and the second control module 1404 is configured to be used by the second wireless access link. Controlling the wireless access device to stop moving when the quality meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal; when the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the control station The wireless access device continues to move.
  • the second detecting module 1403 is specifically configured to: when the wireless access device moves, set a periodic detection timer, and when the timer expires, start detecting the second wireless access link. Whether the quality meets the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.
  • the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to: when the first detecting module determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, The wireless access device determines a first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device starts to move along the first target direction.
  • the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameter of the first wireless access link.
  • the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
  • the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine a first target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
  • the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the mobile according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device. a direction of the terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a first target direction.
  • the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine a second target direction according to parameters of the second wireless access link; Moving in the second target direction;
  • the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to acquire the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameter of the second wireless access link.
  • the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
  • the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the second target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
  • the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the mobile according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device. a direction of the terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a second target direction.
  • the second control module 1404 is further configured by the second detecting module to determine the quality result of detecting the second wireless access link by the last N times, and the last detection result is more than the previous detection. Whether the number of times of the difference is greater than or equal to the threshold, if yes, the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link; if not, the wireless access device along the first The target direction continues to move.
  • the first control module 1402 is further configured to control, by the wireless access device, a sensor to sense obstacle information in an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, according to the The sensor-aware obstacle information constructs an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located; the wireless access device adjusts the first according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located Target direction.
  • the second control module 1404 is further configured to control, by the wireless access device, a sensor to sense obstacle information in an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, according to the The sensor-aware obstacle information constructs an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located; the wireless access device adjusts the second according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located Target direction.
  • the device in this embodiment is similar to the technical solution in the embodiment of the method shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the wireless access service device is a wireless access device, and the wireless access device includes a detection module 1501 and a control module 1502, where the detection module 1501 A method for detecting whether a quality of the first group of radio access links meets a communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio connections In the inbound link, the first radio access link is a radio access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the radio access device, where the R mobile terminals are R mobile terminals of the M mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device, M ⁇ l, 1 ⁇ R ⁇ ; the control module 1502 is configured to: when the detecting module determines the first group of wireless access links The quality does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, and the quality of the second set of wireless access links when the wireless access device moves to the target location Satisfying the communication quality
  • the method further includes: a path planning module, configured to determine, according to parameters of the R first wireless access links, before the control module triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location The target location.
  • the path planning module is specifically configured to acquire, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, location information of the R mobile terminals respectively relative to the wireless access device; The R mobile terminals determine the target location with respect to location information of the wireless access device.
  • the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to a direction in which the R mobile terminals access the antenna beams of the wireless access device, respectively, that the R mobile terminals are respectively opposite to the wireless access device. And determining a distance of the R mobile terminals from the wireless access device according to the arrival time TOA; determining location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the direction and the distance.
  • the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to the arrival angles of the two antennas of the R mobile terminals to the antennas in the antenna array, the R mobile terminals are respectively opposite to the wireless access device.
  • Direction and distance are respectively opposite to the wireless access device.
  • control module is specifically configured to determine whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the last N times, wherein the N is An integer greater than or equal to 1; when the most recent first N times detecting that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, controlling the wireless access device from the current The position moves to the target position.
  • the path planning module is further configured to use the first wireless connection according to the R strips. After determining the target location of the inbound link, adjusting the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain an adjusted target location;
  • the control module is specifically configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from a current location to an adjusted target location.
  • the path planning module is further configured to: adjust the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and use sensor sensing before obtaining the adjusted target location. Obstructing information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, constructing an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor .
  • the path planning module is further configured to: after triggering the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location, receive the quality of the second set of wireless access links fed back by the wireless access device a comparison result of quality of the first group of radio access links; determining a target location of the next move according to the comparison result and parameters of the second radio access link.
  • control module is further configured to: after the path planning module determines the target location according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links, verify the wireless access device locally Whether the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals after moving to the target location; the control module is specifically configured to determine that the local simulation result is the second group of radio connections When the inbound link meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, the wireless access device is triggered to move from the current location to the target location.
  • the device in this embodiment can perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 correspondingly, and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention.
  • the wireless access service device is a remote control center, and the remote control center in this embodiment includes a detection module 1601 and a control module 1602, where The module 1601 is configured to detect whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where the first The wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless access device The R mobile terminals of the M mobile terminals, M ⁇ l, l ⁇ R ⁇ M.
  • the control module 1602 is configured to determine that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set.
  • the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to be When the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the second group of wireless
  • the access link includes R second wireless access links, and the second wireless access link is a wireless connection between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals. Into the link.
  • the device in this embodiment can perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 correspondingly, and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the program when executed, performs the steps including the above-described method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Abstract

The embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless access service method and device. The wireless access device detects whether the quality of a first wireless access link meets communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal. If the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device begins to move from the current position. During the movement, the wireless access device detects whether a second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal; if yes, the movement is stopped; else, the movement continues. The quality of the wireless access link is improved by the movement of the wireless access device, thereby satisfying the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.

Description

无线接入服务方法和设备  Wireless access service method and device
技术领域 Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种无线接入服务方法和设 备。  The embodiments of the present invention relate to communication technologies, and in particular, to a wireless access service method and device.
背景技术 现有的无线通信系统中, 移动终端通过无线接入设备接入到网络, 由 于移动终端具有可移动性, 当移动终端移动到不同的位置, 移动终端与无 线接入设备之间的无线接入链路质量可能会不同, 例如, 移动终端在离无 线接入设备较远的位置, 无线接入链路质量会降低, 现有的无线接入设备 常常是固定放置在一个特定的位置, 因此, 当移动终端因移动等原因远离 无线接入设备时, 移动终端的通信质量需求无法得到满足。 BACKGROUND In an existing wireless communication system, a mobile terminal accesses a network through a wireless access device. Since the mobile terminal has mobility, when the mobile terminal moves to a different location, the wireless between the mobile terminal and the wireless access device The quality of the access link may be different. For example, if the mobile terminal is far away from the wireless access device, the quality of the wireless access link may be degraded, and the existing wireless access device is often fixedly placed at a specific location. Therefore, when the mobile terminal is away from the wireless access device due to reasons such as mobile, the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal cannot be satisfied.
发明内容 本发明实施例提供一种无线接入服务方法和设备, 以满足移动终端的 通信质量需求。 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless access service method and device to meet communication quality requirements of a mobile terminal.
本发明实施例第一方面提供一种无线接入服务方法, 包括:  A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service method, including:
无线接入设备检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通 信质量需求, 所述第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置与所述 移动终端之间的无线接入链路;  The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, where the first wireless access link is between the current location and the mobile terminal Wireless access link;
当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个 移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备开始移动;  When the radio access device determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device starts to move;
所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 所述无线接入设备检测第二无线接入 链路的质量是否满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 所述第二无线接入 链路为所述无线接入设备在移动后的位置与所述移动终端之间的无线接入链 路;  During the moving of the wireless access device, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and the second wireless access link is Determining, by the wireless access device, a wireless access link between the mobile terminal and the mobile terminal;
当所述第二无线接入链路的质量满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求 时, 所述无线接入设备停止移动;  When the quality of the second radio access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device stops moving;
当所述第二无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需 求时, 所述无线接入设备继续移动。  When the quality of the second radio access link does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device continues to move.
结合第一方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述单个移动终端的通信 质量需求为所述移动终端的接收信号强度指示 RSSI不低于 RSSI阈值; 或 者, 所述移动终端的接入速率不低于接入速率阈值; 或者, 所述移动终端 的接入带宽不低于接入带宽阈值。 With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the communication of the single mobile terminal The quality requirement is that the received signal strength of the mobile terminal indicates that the RSSI is not lower than the RSSI threshold; or the access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold; or the access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than Access bandwidth threshold.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求为所述移动终端的接收信号强度指示 RSSI不低于 RSSI阈值, 包括:  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indication RSSI of the mobile terminal is not lower than an RSSI threshold, including :
所述移动终端的当前业务类型下的 RSSI不低于所述当前业务类型所 需求的 RSSI阈值;  The RSSI under the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold required by the current service type;
所述移动终端的接入速率不低于接入速率阈值, 包括:  The access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than an access rate threshold, and includes:
所述移动终端的当前业务类型下的接入速率不低于所述当前业务类 型所需求的接入速率阈值;  The access rate of the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold required by the current service type;
所述移动终端的接入带宽不低于接入带宽阈值, 包括:  The access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than an access bandwidth threshold, and includes:
所述移动终端的当前业务类型下的接入带宽不低于所述当前业务类 型所需求的接入带宽阈值。  The access bandwidth of the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold required by the current service type.
结合第一方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接入设备在移动 过程中, 所述无线接入设备检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足所述单个 移动终端的通信质量需求, 包括:  With reference to the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, when the wireless access device is in a mobile process, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the single mobile terminal Communication quality requirements, including:
所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 所述无线接入设备设置周期性检测定 时器, 当定时器到期时, 启动检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移 动终端的通信质量需求。  The wireless access device sets a periodic detection timer during the mobile process, and when the timer expires, starts to detect whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality of the single mobile terminal. demand.
结合第一方面、 第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能 的实现方式中, 所述当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量 不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备开始移动, 包括:  With reference to the first aspect, the first to the third possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner, when the wireless access device determines the first wireless access link When the quality does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device starts to move, including:
当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个 移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路 的参数确定第一目标方向,所述无线接入设备沿所述第一目标方向开始移动。  When the radio access device determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device according to the parameter of the first radio access link Determining a first target direction, the wireless access device begins to move in the first target direction.
结合第四种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 包括:  With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation, the determining, by the wireless access device, the first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动终端 相对所述无线接入设备的方向; Obtaining, by the wireless access device, the mobile terminal according to parameters of the first wireless access link Relative to the direction of the wireless access device;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 一目标方向。  The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
结合第四种可能的实现方式, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 包括:  With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation, the determining, by the wireless access device, the first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束 的方向确定第一目标方向。  The wireless access device determines a first target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
结合第四种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 包括:  With reference to the fourth possible implementation, in a seventh possible implementation, the determining, by the wireless access device, the first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵列中 的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向;  Determining, by the wireless access device, a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 一目标方向。  The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
结合第一方面, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 当第二无线接入链路的质 量不满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备继续移动, 包 括:  With reference to the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner, when the quality of the second radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device continues to move, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方 向;  Determining, by the wireless access device, a second target direction according to parameters of the second radio access link;
所述无线接入设备沿所述第二目标方向移动。  The wireless access device moves in the second target direction.
结合第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向, 包括:  With reference to the eighth possible implementation, in a ninth possible implementation, the determining, by the wireless access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动终端 相对所述无线接入设备的方向;  Obtaining, by the wireless access device, a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to a parameter of the second wireless access link;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 二目标方向。  The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
结合第八种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向, 包括:  With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner, in a tenth possible implementation, the determining, by the wireless access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束 的方向确定所述第二目标方向。  The wireless access device determines the second target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
结合第八种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线 接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向, 包括: 所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵列中 的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner, in an eleventh possible implementation manner, the wireless Determining, by the access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second radio access link, including: the radio access device according to the two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the radio access device An angle of arrival determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 二目标方向。  The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
结合第八种可能的实现方式, 在第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线 接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向之前,还包括: 所述无线接入设备判断最近的 N次检测所述第二无线接入链路的质量结 果中, 后一次检测结果比前一次检测结果差的次数是否大于等于阈值, 若是, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向; 若 否, 所述无线接入设备沿着所述第一目标方向继续移动。  With reference to the eighth possible implementation, in a twelfth possible implementation manner, before the determining, by the radio access device, the second target direction according to the parameter of the second radio access link, the method further includes: The wireless access device determines whether the number of times the latter detection result is different from the previous detection result is greater than or equal to a threshold value, and if the network access device determines the quality of the second radio access link The parameter of the second wireless access link determines a second target direction; if not, the wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction.
结合第四种至第七种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第十三种可能的实现方 式中, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方 向之后, 所述无线接入设备沿所述第一目标方向开始移动之前, 还包括: 所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所 处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线 接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境;  With reference to any one of the fourth to seventh possible implementation manners, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the wireless access device determines a first target direction according to a parameter of the first wireless access link After the wireless access device starts moving in the first target direction, the method further includes: the wireless access device sensing, by the sensor, the obstacle in the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located Information, constructing, according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor, the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located;
所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调 整所述第一目标方向。  The wireless access device adjusts the first target direction according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
结合第八种至第十二种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第十四种可能的实现 方式中, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标 方向之后, 所述无线接入设备沿所述第二目标方向移动之前, 还包括:  With reference to any one of the eighth to the twelfth possible implementation manners, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the radio access device determines the second target according to the parameter of the second radio access link After the direction, before the wireless access device moves in the second target direction, the method further includes:
所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所 处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线 接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境;  The wireless access device uses a sensor to sense the wireless access device and obstacle information in an environment in which the mobile terminal is located, and constructs the wireless access device and the mobile according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. The environment in which the terminal is located;
所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调 整所述第二目标方向。  The wireless access device adjusts the second target direction according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
本发明实施例第二方面提供一种无线接入服务方法, 包括:  A second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service method, including:
无线接入设备检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合的 通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所述 第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移动 终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线接入设 备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ; The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, The first wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless connection R mobile terminals in the M mobile terminals of the device, M≥l, \<R≤M;
当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终 端集合的通信质量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 所 述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路的质量满足所 述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线接入链路包括 R条 第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在目标位置到所 述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。  When the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, and the wireless access device When the target location is moved, the quality of the second set of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second set of radio access links includes R second radio access chains The second wireless access link is a wireless access link of the wireless access device between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
结合第二方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述移动终端集合的通信 质量需求为所述 R个移动终端中预定数量或者全部数量的终端中的每个终端 满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述单个移动终端的通信质量需 求为所述移动终端的接收信号强度指示 RSSI不低于 RSSI阈值、 或者, 所 述移动终端的接入速率不低于接入速率阈值, 或者, 所述移动终端的接入 带宽不低于接入带宽阈值。  With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is that each of the predetermined number or all of the R mobile terminals meets communication of a single mobile terminal. a quality requirement, where the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indication of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold, or the access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold, or The access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than an access bandwidth threshold.
结合第二方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 之前, 还包括:  With reference to the second aspect or the first possible implementation manner, in the second possible implementation manner, before the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, the method further includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标 位置。  The wireless access device determines the target location according to parameters of the R first wireless access links.
结合第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置, 包括: 所述无线接入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个 移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的位置信息;  With reference to the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation, the determining, by the wireless access device, the target location according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links, including: the wireless Obtaining, by the access device, location information of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the R first radio access links;
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R个移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的位置 信息确定所述目标位置。  The wireless access device determines the target location according to location information of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device.
结合第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端分别相 对所述无线接入设备的位置信息, 包括:  With reference to the third possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the radio access device acquires, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, the R mobile terminals respectively Location information of the wireless access device, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R个移动终端分别接入所述无线接入设备的 天线波束的方向确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备根据到达时间 TOA确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对 所述无线接入设备的距离; Determining, by the radio access device, a direction of the R mobile terminals respectively relative to the radio access device according to a direction in which the R mobile terminals respectively access the antenna beam of the radio access device; Determining, by the wireless access device, a distance of the R mobile terminals from the wireless access device according to an arrival time TOA;
所述无线接入设备根据所述方向和距离确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对 无线接入设备的位置信息。  And determining, by the wireless access device, location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the direction and the distance.
结合第三种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端分别相 对所述无线接入设备的位置信息, 包括:  With reference to the third possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the radio access device acquires, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, the R mobile terminals respectively Location information of the wireless access device, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R个移动终端分别到所述天线阵列中的两个 天线的到达角确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向与距 离。  And determining, by the wireless access device, a direction and a distance of the R mobile terminals from the wireless access device according to an arrival angle of the two mobile terminals to the two antennas in the antenna array.
结合第二方面、 第一种至第五种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六种可能 的实现方式中, 当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不 满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目 标位置, 包括:  With reference to the second aspect, the first to the fifth possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner, when the radio access device determines the quality of the first group of radio access links The communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is not satisfied, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
所述无线接入设备判断最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质 量是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述 N为大于等于 1 的整数;  Determining, by the radio access device, whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
当所述最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足所述移 动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则所述无线接入设备触发所述无线接入设备 从当前位置移动到目标位置。  When the most recent first N times detecting that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device triggers the wireless access device from the current The position moves to the target position.
结合第二种至第六种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式 中, 所述无线接入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标 位置之后, 还包括:  With reference to any one of the second to the sixth possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation, the radio access device determines the target according to the parameters of the R first radio access links After the location, it also includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环 境调整所述目标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置;  The wireless access device adjusts the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain an adjusted target location;
所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 包括:  The wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到调整后的目标位置。  The wireless access device moves from a current location to an adjusted target location.
结合第七种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整所述目标 位置, 得到调整后的目标位置之前, 还包括: 所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终 端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述 无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境。 With reference to the seventh possible implementation manner, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the wireless access device adjusts the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and obtains Before the adjusted target position, it also includes: The wireless access device uses the sensor to perceive the obstacle information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and constructs the wireless access device and the device according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. The environment in which the R mobile terminals are located.
结合第二方面、 第一种至第六种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能 的实现方式中, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置之后, 还包括: 所述无线接入设备接收所述无线接入设备反馈的第二组无线接入链路的 质量与所述第一组无线接入链路的质量的比较结果;  With reference to the second aspect, the first to the sixth possible implementation manner, in a ninth possible implementation manner, after the wireless access device is moved from the current location to the target location, the method further includes: Receiving, by the wireless access device, a comparison result between a quality of the second group of radio access links fed back by the radio access device and a quality of the first group of radio access links;
所述无线接入设备根据所述比较结果以及第二无线接入链路的参数, 确 定下一次移动的目标位置。  The wireless access device determines a target location for the next move based on the comparison result and parameters of the second wireless access link.
结合第二种至第六种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式 中, 所述无线接入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标 位置之后, 还包括:  With reference to any one of the second to sixth possible implementation manners, in a tenth possible implementation, the radio access device determines the target according to the parameters of the R first radio access links After the location, it also includes:
所述无线接入设备在本地模拟验证所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位 置后,所述第二组无线接入链路是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求; 所述当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求,所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 包括:  After the wireless access device performs local simulation to verify that the wireless access device moves to the target location, whether the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set; The wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
当所述无线接入设备确定本地模拟结果为所述第二组无线接入链路满足 所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动 到目标位置。  And when the wireless access device determines that the local simulation result is that the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location.
本发明实施例第三方面提供一种无线接入服务方法, 包括:  A third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service method, including:
远端控制中心检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合的 通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所述 第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移动 终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线接入设 备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ;  The remote control center detects whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where the first The wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless access device R mobile terminals in M mobile terminals, M ≥ l, \ < R ≤ M;
当所述远端控制中心判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终 端集合的通信质量需求, 所述远端控制中心触发所述无线接入设备从当前位 置移动到目标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线 接入链路的质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组 无线接入链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接 入设备在目标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链 路。 When the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location. When the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second group The wireless access link includes R second wireless access links, and the second wireless access link is a wireless connection between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals Access link.
本发明实施例第四方面提供一种无线接入服务设备, 所述无线接入服务 设备为无线接入设备, 包括:  A fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service device, where the wireless access service device is a wireless access device, and includes:
第一检测模块, 用于检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终 端的通信质量需求, 所述第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置 与所述移动终端之间的无线接入链路;  a first detecting module, configured to detect whether a quality of the first wireless access link meets a communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal, where the first wireless access link is the current location and the mobile a wireless access link between terminals;
第一控制模块, 用于当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的 质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线接入设备开 始移动;  a first control module, configured to: when the radio access device determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, control the radio access device to start moving;
第二检测模块, 用于所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 检测第二无线接 入链路的质量是否满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 所述第二无线接 入链路为所述无线接入设备在移动后的位置与所述移动终端之间的无线接入 链路;  a second detecting module, configured to: when the wireless access device moves, detecting whether a quality of the second wireless access link meets a communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the location of the wireless access device and the mobile terminal after the mobile device;
第二控制模块, 用于当所述第二无线接入链路的质量满足所述单个移动 终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线接入设备停止移动; 当所述第二无线 接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线 接入设备继续移动。  a second control module, configured to: when the quality of the second wireless access link meets a communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, control the wireless access device to stop moving; when the second wireless access link When the quality of the path does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device is controlled to continue to move.
结合第四方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二检测模块具体用 于所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 设置周期性检测定时器, 当定时器到期 时, 启动检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需 求。  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the second detecting module is specifically configured to: when the wireless access device moves, set a periodic detection timer, and when the timer expires, start It is detected whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal.
结合第四方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一控制模块具体用于当所述第一检测模块判断所述第一无线接入链路 的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 所述无线接入设备沿所述 第一目标方向开始移动。  With reference to the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the first control module is specifically configured to: when the first detection module determines the first wireless access link When the quality does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device determines a first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device follows the first target The direction begins to move.
结合第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一控 制模块具体用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数获 取所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述 移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第一目标方向。 With reference to the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner, the first control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the parameter according to the first wireless access link And taking the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
结合第二种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一控 制模块具体用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入 设备的天线波束的方向确定第一目标方向。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the first control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, an antenna that accesses the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal The direction of the beam determines the first target direction.
结合第二种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一控 制模块具体用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设 备的天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设 备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方 向为第一目标方向。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation, the first control module is specifically configured to control an antenna array of the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal to the wireless access device An angle of arrival of the two antennas determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a first target direction.
结合第四方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二控制模块具体用 于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方 向; 所述无线接入设备沿所述第二目标方向移动。  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the second control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine a second target direction according to a parameter of the second wireless access link; The wireless access device moves in the second target direction.
结合第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二控 制模块具体用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数获 取所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述 移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第二目标方向。  With reference to the sixth possible implementation, in a seventh possible implementation, the second control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the acquiring according to the parameter of the second wireless access link. a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a second target direction.
结合第六种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二控 制模块具体用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入 设备的天线波束的方向确定所述第二目标方向。  With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner, in an eighth possible implementation, the second control module is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the antenna of the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal The direction of the beam determines the second target direction.
结合第六种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二控 制模块具体用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设 备的天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设 备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方 向为第二目标方向。  With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the second control module is specifically configured to control, according to the mobile terminal, an antenna array from the mobile terminal to the wireless access device An angle of arrival of the two antennas determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a second target direction.
结合第六种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二控 制模块还用于所述第二检测模块判断最近的 N次检测所述第二无线接入链路 的质量结果中, 后一次检测结果比前一次检测结果差的次数是否大于等于阈 值, 若是, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目 标方向; 若否, 所述无线接入设备沿着所述第一目标方向继续移动。 结合第二种至第五种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第十一种可能的实现方 式中, 所述第一控制模块还用于控制所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述 无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器 感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; 所述 无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调整所述第 一目标方向。 With reference to the sixth possible implementation, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the second control module is further configured by the second detection module to determine that the second radio access link is detected by the N times. In the quality result, whether the number of times the latter detection result is different from the previous detection result is greater than or equal to the threshold, and if so, the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link; The wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction. In combination with the second to fifth possible implementation manners, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the first control module is further configured to control the wireless access device to use the sensor to sense the wireless connection Obstagging information in the environment in which the device and the mobile terminal are located, constructing the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor; the wireless access device according to the environment The wireless access device and an environment in which the mobile terminal is located adjust the first target direction.
结合第六种至第十种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第十二种可能的实现方 式中, 所述第二控制模块还用于控制所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述 无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器 感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; 所述 无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调整所述第 二目标方向。  With reference to any one of the sixth to the tenth possible implementation manners, in a twelfth possible implementation, the second control module is further configured to control the wireless access device to use the sensor to sense the wireless connection Obstagging information in the environment in which the device and the mobile terminal are located, constructing the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor; the wireless access device according to the environment The wireless access device and an environment in which the mobile terminal is located adjust the second target direction.
本发明实施例第五方面提供一种无线接入服务设备, 所述无线接入服务 设备为无线接入设备, 包括:  A fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a wireless access service device, where the wireless access service device is a wireless access device, and includes:
检测模块, 用于检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合 的通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所 述第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任 一移动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线 接入设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ;  a detecting module, configured to detect whether a quality of the first group of radio access links meets a communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where a wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless R mobile terminals among M mobile terminals of the access device, M≥l, \<R≤M;
控制模块, 用于当所述检测模块判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不 满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目 标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路的 质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线接入链 路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在目 标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。  a control module, configured to: when the detecting module determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, where the wireless When the access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second group of radio access links includes R pieces of second wireless An access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
结合第五方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述设备还包括: 路径规 划模块, 用于所述控制模块触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位 置之前, 根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置。  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the device further includes: a path planning module, configured to: before the control module triggers the wireless access device to move from a current location to a target location, according to the The parameters of the R first radio access links determine the target location.
结合第一种可能的实现方式, 第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述路径规划 模块具体用于根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端 分别相对所述无线接入设备的位置信息; With reference to the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the path planning module is specifically configured to acquire, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, the R mobile terminals. Location information relative to the wireless access device, respectively;
根据所述 R个移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的位置信息确定所述目标 位置。  Determining the target location based on location information of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device.
结合第二种可能的实现方式, 第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述路径规划 模块具体用于根据所述 R个移动终端分别接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束 的方向确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 根据到达 时间 TOA确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的距离; 根据 所述方向和距离确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对无线接入设备的位置信息。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation, the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to a direction in which the R mobile terminals respectively access the antenna beam of the wireless access device a direction in which the R mobile terminals are respectively opposed to the wireless access device; determining a distance of the R mobile terminals from the wireless access device according to an arrival time TOA; determining the R mobile terminals according to the direction and the distance Relative to the location information of the wireless access device.
结合第二种可能的实现方式, 第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述路径规划 模块具体用于根据所述 R个移动终端分别到所述天线阵列中的两个天线的到 达角确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向与距离。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to an arrival angle of the two antennas of the R mobile terminals to the antenna array respectively The direction and distance of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device, respectively.
结合第五方面、 第一种至第四种可能的实现方式, 第五种可能的实现方 式中, 所述控制模块具体用于判断最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链 路的质量是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述 N为大于 等于 1的整数; 当所述最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不 满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则控制所述无线接入设备从当前 位置移动到目标位置。  With reference to the fifth aspect, the first to the fourth possible implementation manners, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the control module is specifically configured to determine the first and last times of detecting the first group of radio access links Whether the quality meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; when the most recent first N times detects that the quality of the first set of wireless access links is not satisfied When the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is described, the wireless access device is controlled to move from the current location to the target location.
结合第一种至第五种可能的实现方式, 第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述 路径规划模块, 还用于根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标 位置之后, 根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整所述 目标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置;  With reference to the first to fifth possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation, the path planning module is further configured to determine the target location according to parameters of the R first wireless access links Then, adjusting the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain an adjusted target location;
所述控制模块具体用于触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到调整后 的目标位置。  The control module is specifically configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from a current location to an adjusted target location.
结合第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述路径规 划模块, 还用于根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整 所述目标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置之前, 采用传感器感知所述无线接入 设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知 的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境。  With reference to the sixth possible implementation, in a seventh possible implementation, the path planning module is further configured to adjust the target according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located Positioning, before obtaining the adjusted target position, using sensors to perceive the obstacle information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and constructing the wireless connection according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor The environment in which the device and the R mobile terminals are located.
结合第五方面、 第一种至第五种可能的实现方式, 第八种可能的实现方 式中, 所述路径规划模块还用于触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目 标位置之后, 接收所述无线接入设备反馈的第二组无线接入链路的质量与所 述第一组无线接入链路的质量的比较结果; 根据所述比较结果以及第二无线 接入链路的参数, 确定下一次移动的目标位置。 With reference to the fifth aspect, the first to the fifth possible implementation manner, in the eighth possible implementation, the path planning module is further configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from the current location to the destination After comparing the target location, receiving a comparison result between the quality of the second group of radio access links fed back by the radio access device and the quality of the first group of radio access links; according to the comparison result and the second radio connection Enter the parameters of the link to determine the target location for the next move.
结合第一种至第五种可能的实现方式, 第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述 控制模块, 还用于所述路径规划模块根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数 确定所述目标位置之后, 在本地模拟验证所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标 位置后, 所述第二组无线接入链路是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需 求; 所述控制模块具体用于当确定本地模拟结果为所述第二组无线接入链路 满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则触发所述无线接入设备从当前 位置移动到目标位置。  With reference to the first to fifth possible implementation manners, in the ninth possible implementation manner, the control module is further used by the path planning module to determine, according to parameters of the R first radio access links After the target location, after the local simulation verifies that the wireless access device moves to the target location, whether the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set; the control module Specifically, when determining that the local simulation result is that the second group of radio access links meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, triggering the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location.
本发明第六方面提供一种无线接入服务设备, 所述无线接入服务设备为 远端控制中心, 包括:  A sixth aspect of the present invention provides a radio access service device, where the radio access service device is a remote control center, and includes:
检测模块, 用于检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合 的通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所 述第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移 动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线接入 设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ;  a detecting module, configured to detect whether a quality of the first group of radio access links meets a communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where A wireless access link is a wireless access link between a current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless access R mobile terminals among M mobile terminals of the device, M≥l, \ < R≤M;
控制模块, 用于判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集 合的通信质量需求, 所述远端控制中心触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移 动到目标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入 链路的质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线 接入链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设 备在目标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。 本发明实施例提供的无线接入服务方法和设备, 通过无线接入设备检测第 一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 若无线接 入设备判断第一无线接入链路的质量不满足单个移动终端的通信质量需 求, 则无线接入设备从当前位置开始移动, 移动过程中, 可以检测第二的 无线链路是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求,如果满足,则停止移动, 如果不满足, 继续移动, 即通过无线接入设备的移动提高无线接入链路的 质量, 以满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求。 附图说明 a control module, configured to determine that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location, where When the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second group of radio access links includes R strips And a second wireless access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals. The wireless access service method and device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal, and if the wireless access device determines the first wireless access If the quality of the link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device starts to move from the current location. During the mobile process, it can detect whether the second wireless link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and if so, Then the mobile is stopped, and if it is not satisfied, the mobile is continued, that is, the quality of the wireless access link is improved by the mobile access device to meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对 实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员 来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的 附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, the drawings used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor.
图 1为本发明的系统一的架构图;  1 is an architectural diagram of a system 1 of the present invention;
图 2为本发明的系统二的架构图;  2 is an architectural diagram of a system 2 of the present invention;
图 3为本发明的无线接入服务方法实施例一的流程示意图;  3 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention;
图 4为本发明定向天线波束定位移动终端的示意图;  4 is a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam positioning mobile terminal according to the present invention;
图 5为本发明利用两个天线的 AOA进行定位的示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of positioning of an AOA using two antennas according to the present invention; FIG.
图 6为本发明中通过障碍物反射的 AOA的示意图;  Figure 6 is a schematic view of an AOA reflected by an obstacle in the present invention;
图 7为本发明的无线接入设备通过传感器感知构造的环境示意图; 图 8为本发明的无线接入服务方法实施例二的流程示意图;  7 is a schematic diagram of an environment in which a wireless access device of the present invention is configured by a sensor; FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a second embodiment of a wireless access service method according to the present invention;
图 9为本发明的无线接入服务方法实施例三的流程示意图;  9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention;
图 10为本发明将无线接入设备所在的二维平面分成固定的区域的示 意图;  10 is a schematic diagram of dividing a two-dimensional plane in which a wireless access device is located into a fixed area according to the present invention;
图 11为本发明无线接入服务方法实施例四的流程示意图;  11 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention;
图 12为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例一的结构示意图;  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention;
图 13为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例二的结构示意图;  13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention;
图 14为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例三的结构示意图;  14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention;
图 15为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例四的结构示意图;  15 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention;
图 16为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例五的结构示意图。 具体实施方式 下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进 行清楚、完整地描述, 显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没 有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的 范围。 本发明的无线接入设备具有自移动功能, 本发明的主要思想是当无线 接入设备与移动终端之间的无线接入链路质量不能满足移动终端的通信 质量需求时, 通过无线接入设备的移动提高无线接入设备与移动终端之间 的无线接入链路质量, 从而满足移动终端的的通信质量的需求移动终端的 通信质量需求。 FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all of the embodiments. example. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the present invention. The wireless access device of the present invention has a self-moving function, and the main idea of the present invention is that when the quality of the wireless access link between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal cannot meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal, the wireless access device The mobility improves the quality of the wireless access link between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal, thereby meeting the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal for the communication quality of the mobile terminal.
下面以具体地实施例对本发明的技术方案进行详细说明。 下面这几个 具体的实施例可以相互结合, 对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实 施例不再赘述。  The technical solutions of the present invention will be described in detail below with specific embodiments. The following specific embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be described in some embodiments.
通常一个无线接入设备会接入 M个移动终端, M≥l, 上述 M个移动 终端通过无线接入设备接入互联网, 当 M等于 1时, 如图 1所示, 图 1 为本发明的系统一的架构图, 当M>1时, 如图 2所示, 图 2为本发明的 系统二的架构图, 即多个移动终端通过同一个无线接入设备接入互联网。  Generally, a wireless access device accesses M mobile terminals, M≥l, and the above M mobile terminals access the Internet through the wireless access device. When M is equal to 1, as shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 1 is the present invention. The architecture diagram of system one, when M>1, as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is an architectural diagram of system 2 of the present invention, that is, multiple mobile terminals access the Internet through the same wireless access device.
图 3为本发明的无线接入服务方法实施例一的流程示意图, 如图 3所 示, 本实施例的执行主体是无线接入设备, 本实施例的无线接入设备具有 自移动功能, 可通过机器人来实现, 本实施例的应用场景是接入无线接入 设备的移动终端中, 具有一个特定的移动终端, 例如: 特定的移动终端可 以是运营商的一个重要人物 (Very Important Person, 以下简称: VIP) , 运营商一般会考虑优先满足这种特定的移动终端的通信质量需求。 为了便 于描述, 图 3所示实施例中, "单个移动终端的通信质量需求"是指该特 定的移动终端的通信质量需求, "移动终端"是指该特定的移动终端, 而 不是接入无线接入设备的所有移动终端, 本实施例的方法如下:  3 is a schematic flowchart of a first embodiment of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the executor of the embodiment is a wireless access device, and the wireless access device of the embodiment has a self-moving function. The application scenario of this embodiment is that the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device has a specific mobile terminal, for example: the specific mobile terminal may be an important person of the operator (Very Important Person, below) Referred to as: VIP), operators generally consider prioritizing the communication quality requirements of this particular mobile terminal. For convenience of description, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, "the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal" refers to the communication quality requirement of the specific mobile terminal, and the "mobile terminal" refers to the specific mobile terminal instead of accessing the wireless. For all mobile terminals of the access device, the method of this embodiment is as follows:
S301 : 无线接入设备检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动 终端的通信质量需求。  S301: The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal.
其中, 第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到移动终端之间 的无线接入链路。  The first wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and the mobile terminal of the wireless access device.
无线接入设备可以周期性的广播自己的存在, 从而保证有移动终端发现 该无线接入设备后通过无线方式接入到本无线接入设备。  The wireless access device can periodically broadcast its own presence, thereby ensuring that the mobile terminal accesses the wireless access device by wireless after discovering the wireless access device.
第一无线接入链路的质量可以通过以下两种方式但不限于以下两种方式 获知, 第一种方式, 无线接入设备定时检测获知; 具体地, 无线接入设备设 置一定周期的定时器, 当定时器到期时, 则获取表征第一无线接入链路的质 量的参数, 其中, 可以用来表征第一无线接入链路的质量的参数可以是: 移 动终端到无线接入设备之间的接收信号强度指示 (Received Signal Strength Indication, 简称: RSSI) 信息、 移动终端用户的接入速率、 带宽信息或者移 动终端的业务类型等; 第二种方式: 也可以通过移动终端定时上报参数的方 式获知第一无线接入链路的质量。 The quality of the first radio access link can be obtained by the following two methods, but not limited to the following two manners. In the first manner, the radio access device periodically detects and learns; specifically, the radio access device sets a timer of a certain period. Obtaining a quality characterizing the first wireless access link when the timer expires The parameter of the quantity, wherein the parameter that can be used to represent the quality of the first radio access link may be: Received Signal Strength Indication (RSI) information between the mobile terminal and the radio access device, The access rate of the mobile terminal user, the bandwidth information, or the service type of the mobile terminal, etc.; The second mode: The quality of the first radio access link can also be learned by the manner in which the mobile terminal periodically reports the parameters.
单个移动终端的通信质量需求可以包括下述至少一种: RSSI强度不低于 RSSI阈值; 或者, 接入速率不低于接入速率阈值; 或者, 接入带宽不低于接 入带宽阈值; 其中 RSSI强度、接入速率、接入带宽可以是针对当前业务类型 的, 具体为: 移动终端的当前业务类型下的 RSSI不低于上述当前业务类型所 需求的 RSSI阈值,或者, 上述移动终端的当前业务类型下的接入速率不低于 上述当前业务类型所需求的接入速率阈值, 或者, 上述移动终端的当前业务 类型下的接入带宽不低于上述当前业务类型所需求的接入带宽阈值。  The communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal may include at least one of the following: the RSSI strength is not lower than the RSSI threshold; or, the access rate is not lower than the access rate threshold; or, the access bandwidth is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold; The RSSI strength, the access rate, and the access bandwidth may be for the current service type, specifically: the RSSI under the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold required by the current service type, or the current The access rate of the service type is not lower than the access rate threshold required by the current service type, or the access bandwidth of the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold required by the current service type. .
下面, 以移动终端的通信质量需求为 RSSI强度不低于 RSSI阈值为例进行 说明, 当无线接入设备检测到的第一无线接入链路的 RSSI低于 RSSI阈值时, 则确定第一无线接入链路的质量已经不能满足移动终端的通信质量需求。 其 他通信质量阈值设置类似, 在此不再赘述。  The following is an example in which the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold. When the RSSI of the first radio access link detected by the radio access device is lower than the RSSI threshold, the first wireless is determined. The quality of the access link cannot meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal. Other communication quality threshold settings are similar and will not be described here.
上述定时检测或定时上报第一无线接入链路的质量, 无线接入设备可以 在本地通过定时器实现, 例如, 无线接入设备本地设置时间为 lmm的定时器, 则无线接入设备每隔 1分钟会检测一下当前的无线接入链路是否满足移动终 端的通信质量需求。 无论在无线接入设备静止不动还是移动时该定时器都会 定时触发无线接入链路的质量检测。  The foregoing timing detection or timing reports the quality of the first radio access link, and the radio access device can implement the timer locally. For example, if the radio access device locally sets a timer of 1 mm, the radio access device performs the interval. 1 minute will check whether the current wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal. The timer periodically triggers quality detection of the wireless access link whether the wireless access device is stationary or moving.
需要说明的是, 定时检测或定时上报只是一种实现方式, 本发明还可以 根据实际需要, 采用其他的方式检测, 本发明对此不作限制。  It should be noted that the timing detection or the timing report is only an implementation manner, and the present invention can also be detected in other manners according to actual needs, which is not limited by the present invention.
S302: 当无线接入设备判断第一无线接入链路的质量不满足单个移动 终端的通信质量需求时, 上述无线接入设备开始移动。  S302: When the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device starts to move.
§卩, 无线接入设备静止不动时, 检测到第一无线接入链路不满足单个 移动终端的通信质量需求, 则触发无线接入设备开始移动, 检测到无线接 入链路满足移动终端的通信质量需求, 则继续保持当前状态。  § 卩 When the wireless access device is stationary, detecting that the first wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, triggering the wireless access device to start moving, detecting that the wireless access link meets the mobile terminal The communication quality requirements continue to maintain the current state.
S303 : 无线接入设备在移动过程中, 无线接入设备检测第二无线接入 链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 若满足, 执行 S304, 若不满足, 执行 S305。 S303: During the mobile device, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal. If yes, execute S304. If not, execute S305.
其中, 第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在移动后的位置与移动终端 之间的无线接入链路。  The second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the mobile access device and the mobile terminal.
S304 : 无线接入设备停止移动。  S304: The wireless access device stops moving.
S305 : 无线接入设备继续移动。  S305: The wireless access device continues to move.
其中, 无线接入设备继续移动的过程中, 执行 S303。  In the process that the wireless access device continues to move, S303 is performed.
也就是, 当无线接入设备处于移动过程中, 检测到第二无线接入链路 满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 则无线接入设备停止移动, 检测到第 二无线接入链路不满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 则无线接入设备继 续移动。 其中, 在移动过程中, 无线接入设备检测第二无线接入链路的质 量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 可以是, 无线接入设备设置周 期性检测定时器, 当定时器到期时, 启动检测第二无线接入链路的质量是 否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 该方法与检测第一无线接入链路的 质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求的方法类似, 在此不再赘述。  That is, when the wireless access device is in the process of moving, detecting that the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device stops moving, and detecting that the second wireless access link is not satisfied The wireless access device continues to move as the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal. The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal during the mobile process, and the wireless access device sets the periodic detection timer when the timer expires. And detecting whether the quality of the second radio access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and the method is similar to the method for detecting whether the quality of the first radio access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, This will not be repeated here.
在无线接入设备继续移动的过程中执行 S303 ,直到无线接入设备与移 动终端之间的第二无线接入链路的通信质量能够满足单个移动终端的通 信质量需求时, 停止移动。  S303 is performed in the process of the wireless access device continuing to move until the communication quality of the second wireless access link between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal can meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and the movement is stopped.
当无线接入设备确定要通过无线接入设备开始移动或继续移动的方式来 满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求之后, 首先要获取移动的目标方向, 无线 接入设备沿着目标方向移动。  After the wireless access device determines that the wireless access device starts to move or continues to move to meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the target direction of the mobile is first acquired, and the wireless access device moves along the target direction.
具体地, 确定目标方向的实现方式包括但不限于下述方式, 其中一种实 现方式是无线接入设备根据无线接入链路的参数确定目标方向, 上面所提到 的无线链路的参数可以是无线链路的当前时刻的参数, 也可以是无线接入链 路当前时刻及当前时刻之前的参数。 上面所说的无线接入设备通过开始移动 或继续移动的方式来满足移动终端的通信质量需求, 其中, 开始移动指的是 原来静止状态, 需要通过移动来使得无线接入链路的质量改善; 继续移动指 的是已经在移动了, 但是仍然需要继续移动来使得无线接入链路质量进一歩 改善。 上述两种情况, 都需要确定移动的目标方向。 在本实施例中, 将无线 接入设备第一次移动的目标方向, 称为第一目标方向, 也就是无线接入设备 的状态从静止转为移动的过程中确定的目标方向; 无线接入设备在移动过程 中, 可能会根据对第二无线接入链路的质量的检测结果重新确定目标方向, 重新确定的目标方向称为第二目标方向, 也就是无线接入设备在移动过程中 确定的目标方向。 其中, 第一目标方向与第二目标方向可能相同, 也可能不 同, 但是确定第一目标方向和第二目标方向的方法相同, 即都是根据无线接 入设备与移动终端之间的无线接入链路的参数确定的, 确定第一目标方向是 根据第一无线接入链路的参数确定的, 确定第二目标方向是根据第二无线接 入链路的参数确定的。 Specifically, the implementation manner of determining the target direction includes, but is not limited to, the following manner. One implementation manner is that the wireless access device determines the target direction according to the parameters of the wireless access link, and the parameters of the wireless link mentioned above may be It is a parameter of the current time of the wireless link, and may be a parameter of the current time of the wireless access link and before the current time. The wireless access device mentioned above satisfies the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal by starting to move or continue to move. The starting mobile refers to the original stationary state, and the quality of the wireless access link needs to be improved by the mobile; Continued movement means that it is already moving, but still needs to continue moving to improve the quality of the wireless access link. In both cases, you need to determine the target direction of the move. In this embodiment, the target direction in which the wireless access device moves for the first time is referred to as a first target direction, that is, a target direction determined in a process in which the state of the wireless access device changes from static to mobile; Device in the process of moving The target direction may be re-determined according to the detection result of the quality of the second wireless access link, and the re-determined target direction is referred to as the second target direction, that is, the target direction determined by the wireless access device during the moving process. The first target direction and the second target direction may be the same or different, but the method of determining the first target direction and the second target direction is the same, that is, according to wireless access between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. Determining, by the parameter of the link, determining that the first target direction is determined according to a parameter of the first radio access link, determining that the second target direction is determined according to a parameter of the second radio access link.
下面详细介绍确定第一目标方向的过程:  The process of determining the first target direction is detailed below:
第一歩: 无线接入设备获取第一无线接入链路的参数。  The first parameter: the wireless access device acquires parameters of the first wireless access link.
其中, 第一无线接入链路的参数可以是第一无线接入链路上传输的信号 的参数和 /或与第一无线接入链路相关的天线的参数和 /或与无线接入链路相 关的移动终端的位置信息等, 其中, 第一无线接入链路上传输的信号的参数 包括: 无线信号的强度、 方向、 时延、 根据到达时间 (Time Of Arrival, 以下简称: T0A)、 到达方位角 (Angle Of Arrival, 以下简称: A0A) 等; 与 第一无线接入链路相关的天线的参数包括: 通过第一无线接入链路传输信号 的移动终端接入无线设备的天线的波束的方向; 与第一无线接入链路相关的 移动终端的位置信息包括移动终端的经纬度位置等。  The parameter of the first radio access link may be a parameter of a signal transmitted on the first radio access link and/or a parameter of the antenna associated with the first radio access link and/or with a radio access chain. The location information of the mobile terminal, and the like, wherein the parameters of the signal transmitted on the first wireless access link include: strength, direction, delay, and time of arrival of the wireless signal (Time Of Arrival, hereinafter referred to as T0A) Angular Arrival (hereinafter referred to as A0A), etc.; parameters of the antenna associated with the first radio access link include: an antenna that transmits a signal through the first radio access link to access the antenna of the wireless device The direction of the beam; the location information of the mobile terminal associated with the first wireless access link includes the latitude and longitude position of the mobile terminal, and the like.
无线接入设备获取第一无线接入链路的参数, 可以是当前位置当前时刻 的第一无线接入链路参数, 也可以是第一无线接入链路在一定时间范围内的 参数。 例如: 几分钟前到当前时刻的第一无线接入链路的参数。  The parameter of the first radio access link is obtained by the radio access device, which may be the first radio access link parameter of the current moment of the current location, or may be the parameter of the first radio access link within a certain time range. For example: The parameters of the first wireless access link from a few minutes ago to the current time.
无线接入设备获取第一无线接入链路的参数, 可以通过主动收集的方式 获取, 也可以通过移动终端反馈的方式获取, 对此, 本发明不作限制。  The wireless access device obtains the parameters of the first wireless access link, which may be obtained by means of active collection, or may be obtained by means of feedback from the mobile terminal. The present invention is not limited thereto.
第二歩:无线接入设备根据第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向。 本发明包括但不限于下述几种确定第一目标方向的方式:  Second: The wireless access device determines the first target direction according to the parameters of the first wireless access link. The invention includes, but is not limited to, the following ways of determining the first target direction:
第一种实现方式, 无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数获取 所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移 动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第一目标方向, 其中, 方向可以根据 移动终端相对无线接入设备的位置信息中的方向确定, 或者, 根据移动终端 的坐标与无线接入设备坐标之前的连线确定。本发明对获取移动终端相对无线 接入设备的方向的方法不作限制。 第二种实现方式, 常常应用于无线接入设备具有智能天线的场景, 以智 能天线中的定向天线为例进行说明, 定向天线是指在某一个或某几个特定方 向上发射及接收电磁波特别强, 而在其它的方向上发射及接收电磁波则为零 或极小的一种天线。 当采用定向天线来发射信号后, 就可以把信号的发射区 域从一个圆形缩小到一个扇形, 这样就可以根据天线波束方向确定移动终端 相对于无线接入设备的方向, 提高定位精度。 具有定向天线的无线接入设备, 可以将基于信号强度的方法与无线信号的定向特征结合起来, 再根据无线接 入设备和天线波束方向的映射, 得到移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向, 从而确定第一目标方向, 通常, 第一目标方向为移动终端相对于无线接入设 备的方向。 如表 1所示, 表 1为无线接入设备的波束与相对于无线接入设备的 方向的映射表: The first implementation manner, the wireless access device acquires a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameter of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device determines that the mobile terminal is opposite to the mobile terminal The direction of the wireless access device is the first target direction, where the direction may be determined according to the direction in the location information of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, or according to the connection between the coordinates of the mobile terminal and the coordinates of the wireless access device determine. The present invention does not limit the method for obtaining the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device. The second implementation manner is often applied to a scenario in which a wireless access device has a smart antenna. The directional antenna in the smart antenna is used as an example. The directional antenna refers to transmitting and receiving electromagnetic waves in a specific direction or a certain specific direction. An antenna that transmits and receives electromagnetic waves in other directions that are zero or very small. When a directional antenna is used to transmit a signal, the transmission area of the signal can be reduced from a circular shape to a sector shape, so that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device can be determined according to the direction of the antenna beam, thereby improving the positioning accuracy. A wireless access device with a directional antenna can combine the signal strength based method with the directional feature of the wireless signal, and then obtain the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the mapping between the wireless access device and the antenna beam direction. Thereby determining the first target direction, typically the first target direction is the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device. As shown in Table 1, Table 1 is a mapping table of the beam of the wireless access device and the direction with respect to the wireless access device:
表 1为无线接入设备的波束与相对于无线接入设备的方向的映射表  Table 1 is a mapping table of the beam of the wireless access device and the direction relative to the wireless access device.
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
以上表为例, 若移动终端通过无线接入设备的天线波束 1接入无线网络, 则可以确定移动终端在相对于无线接入设备的正东方向; 若移动终端通过无 线接入设备天线波束 2接入无线网络,则可以确定移动终端在相对于无线接入 设备的正东偏南 30°方向, 即移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向可以通过其 接入无线网络的无线接入设备的天线波束确定。 可以理解的是, 无线接入设 备中会存储移动终端当前是通过哪个波束接入无线网络的。 为了便于理解, 本发明还给出了定向天线波束或覆盖扇区定位移动终端的示意图, 如图 4所 示, 图 4为本发明定向天线波束定位移动终端的示意图, 其中, 每个天线波束 对应一个方向。 天线波束越多, 每个天线波束对应的扇区越小, 定位的方向 越精确。  For example, if the mobile terminal accesses the wireless network through the antenna beam 1 of the wireless access device, it can be determined that the mobile terminal is in the east direction relative to the wireless access device; if the mobile terminal passes the wireless access device antenna beam 2 When accessing the wireless network, it can be determined that the mobile terminal is in the 30° direction south of the wireless access device, that is, the direction in which the mobile terminal can access the wireless access device of the wireless network with respect to the direction of the wireless access device. Antenna beam determination. It can be understood that the wireless access device stores which beam the mobile terminal is currently accessing to the wireless network. For ease of understanding, the present invention also provides a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam or a coverage sector locating mobile terminal. As shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam locating mobile terminal according to the present invention, wherein each antenna beam corresponds to one direction. The more antenna beams, the smaller the sector corresponding to each antenna beam, and the more accurate the direction of positioning.
当然, 也可以结合实际环境中的障碍物信息调整第一目标方向。 采用第二种实现方式获取移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向, 从而确 定第一目标方向, 易于实施、 节省开销、 且可用于室内大范围的高精度的定 位。 Of course, the first target direction can also be adjusted in combination with obstacle information in the actual environment. The second implementation manner is used to obtain the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, thereby determining the first target direction, which is easy to implement, saves overhead, and can be used for high-precision positioning in a wide range of indoors.
第三种实现方式以应用于无线接入设备具有多天线阵列场景为例, 但不 限于这种场景, 无线接入设备根据移动终端到天线阵列中的两个天线的到达 角确定移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向, 然后, 无线接入设备确定所述移 动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第一目标方向。  The third implementation is applicable to a scenario in which the wireless access device has multiple antenna arrays, but is not limited to such a scenario. The wireless access device determines that the mobile terminal is relatively wireless according to the angle of arrival of the two antennas in the antenna array from the mobile terminal. Accessing the direction of the device, and then the wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is the first target direction.
下面以确定一个移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向为例进行说明。  The following describes an example of determining the direction of a mobile terminal relative to a wireless access device.
具体地, 根据移动终端分别到天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定移动 终端相对无线接入设备的方向, 由于无线通信中移动终端和无线接入设备周 围的散射环境不同, 使得多天线系统中不同位置的天线经历的衰落不同, 从 而产生角度色散, 即空间选择性衰落。 因此, 随着智能天线和多输入多输出 多输入多输出 (Multiple Input Multiple Output, 以下简称: MIMO) 系统的引 入, 信道信息从原来的二维信息 (时间、 频率), 扩充到三维信息 (时间、 频 率、 空间), 因此, 与单天线的研究不同, 在对多天线的研究中, 室内定位可 以充分利用诸如 AOA、 离开方位角 (Angle Of Departure, 以下简称: AOD) 之类的空间角度的信息。 针对无线局域网 (Wireless Local Access Network, 简称: WLAN) 系统, 无线接入设备多天线阵列配置已经越来与越普遍, 因 此可以通过多天线的 AOA、 TOA和到达时间差 (Time Difference of Arrival, 以下简称: TDOA) 参数进行移动终端的定位。 基于 TDOA技术的定位算法, 在高斯噪声环境下能取得较好的定位精度。随着智能天线阵在基站中的使用, 当无线接入设备与移动终端之间为视距 (LOS)环境时,基站能够测得比较精确 的 AOA值, 利用 TDOA与 AOA的混合定位方法, 定位精度比只用 TDOA定位 方法进一歩提高。  Specifically, the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is determined according to the angle of arrival of the two antennas in the antenna array by the mobile terminal respectively. Because the scattering environment around the mobile terminal and the wireless access device is different in the wireless communication, the multi-antenna system is Antennas at different locations experience different fading, resulting in angular dispersion, ie, spatially selective fading. Therefore, with the introduction of smart antennas and multiple input multiple output multiple input multiple output (MIMO) systems, channel information is extended from original two-dimensional information (time, frequency) to three-dimensional information (time) , frequency, space), therefore, unlike single-antenna research, in the study of multiple antennas, indoor positioning can make full use of spatial angles such as AOA, Angle Of Departure (AOD) information. For Wireless Local Access Network (WLAN) systems, the configuration of multiple antenna arrays for wireless access devices has become more and more common, so it is possible to pass multiple antennas with AOA, TOA and Time Difference of Arrival (hereinafter referred to as Arrival). : TDOA) The parameter is used to locate the mobile terminal. The positioning algorithm based on TDOA technology can achieve better positioning accuracy under Gaussian noise environment. With the use of the smart antenna array in the base station, when the line-of-sight (LOS) environment between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal, the base station can measure a relatively accurate AOA value, and utilize the hybrid positioning method of TDOA and AOA to locate The accuracy is improved by using only the TDOA positioning method.
以利用两个天线的 AOA进行定位为例进行描述,图 5为本发明利用两个天 线的 AOA进行定位的示意图, 如图 5所示, 天线 1、天线 2和移动终端三个点分 别为三角行的三个顶点, 坐标分别为 (χι, y , ( χ 2, ^ ), (χ™, ^ ), 天线The positioning is performed by using an AOA with two antennas as an example. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of positioning of an AOA using two antennas according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, three points of the antenna 1, the antenna 2, and the mobile terminal are respectively triangular. The three vertices of the line, the coordinates are ( χ ι, y , ( χ 2 , ^ ), ( χ TM, ^ ), the antenna
1和移动终端之间的边长为 天线 2和移动终端之间的边长为 ^, 其中, ^和 ^可以通过根据 TOA确定移动终端相对无线接入设备的距离。 移动终端的坐 标 (χ™, 则可以根据如下两个公式获得:
Figure imgf000022_0001
The side length between 1 and the mobile terminal is the side length between the antenna 2 and the mobile terminal is ^, where ^ and ^ can determine the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device according to the TOA. The coordinates of the mobile terminal ( χ TM, can be obtained according to the following two formulas:
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000022_0002
Figure imgf000022_0003
针对第三种实现方式, 当无线接入设备检测到多个 AOA时, 具体采用哪 两个 AOA进行计算, 可以进一歩通过传感器获取环境信息, 以确定哪个 AOA 是直接从移动终端过来的, 哪个 AOA是通过障碍物反射过来的, 通过障碍物 反射的情况如图 6所示, 图 6为本发明中通过障碍物反射的 AOA的示意图, 通 过删除通过障碍物反射过来的干扰 AOA方向, 准确估计移动终端相对无线接 入设备的方向, 从而, 确定第一目标方向, 通常, 确定移动终端相对无线接 入设备的方向为第一目标方向, 当然, 也可以结合实际环境中的障碍物信息 调整第一目标方向。
Figure imgf000022_0002
Figure imgf000022_0003
For the third implementation manner, when the wireless access device detects multiple AOAs, which two AOAs are used for calculation, the environment information may be acquired through the sensor to determine which AOA is directly from the mobile terminal, which The AOA is reflected by the obstacle, and the reflection by the obstacle is as shown in FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the AOA reflected by the obstacle in the present invention, and is accurately estimated by deleting the direction of the interfering AOA reflected by the obstacle. The direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, thereby determining the first target direction. Generally, determining the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is the first target direction, and of course, adjusting the obstacle information in the actual environment. A target direction.
类似的, 还可以用 TOA和 TDOA, 以及上述多种无线信号统计特性联合 来做移动终端的定位。基本做法就是基于 TOA、到达方向 (Direction Of Arrival, 以下简称: DOA:)、 接收信号强度 (RSS)等参数求解几何方程的定位方法或是 几种参数的联合定位移动终端的位置。 详细的求解过程, 此处不再赘述。  Similarly, TOA and TDOA, as well as the above-mentioned multiple statistical characteristics of wireless signals, can also be used to locate mobile terminals. The basic method is to solve the geometric equation positioning method based on parameters such as TOA, Direction Of Arrival (hereinafter referred to as DOA:), Received Signal Strength (RSS), or the position of the joint positioning mobile terminal of several parameters. The detailed solution process will not be described here.
可选地, 在根据第一无线接入链路参数确定第一目标方向时, 还可以结 合无线接入设备和移动终端所处的环境, 确定出更为准确可行的目标方向。 也可以在根据第一无线接入链路参数确定第一目标方向之后, 再根据无线接 入设备和移动终端所处的环境, 对上述第一目标方向进行调整, 并将调整后 的方向作为第一目标方向。 gp, 无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入 设备和所述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障 碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; 所述无线接入 设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调整所述第一目标方 向。  Optionally, when the first target direction is determined according to the first radio access link parameter, the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located may be combined to determine a more accurate and feasible target direction. After the first target direction is determined according to the first wireless access link parameter, the first target direction is adjusted according to the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, and the adjusted direction is used as the first A target direction. Gp, the wireless access device uses the sensor to perceive the wireless access device and the obstacle information in the environment in which the mobile terminal is located, and constructs the wireless access device and the mobile according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor An environment in which the terminal is located; the wireless access device adjusts the first target direction according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
具体地, 当根据第一无线接入链路参数确定了移动终端相对无线接入设 备的方向之后, 如果无线接入设备本地具有无线接入设备和移动终端所处环 境的全局详细地图 (也可以外部输入), 则可以直接根据自身的位置、 感知到 的障碍物和地图上标识的障碍物信息、 根据最短距离等路径规划原则, 确定 需要移动的目标方向。 Specifically, after determining the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the first wireless access link parameter, if the wireless access device locally has a global detailed map of the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located (may also External input), you can directly sense according to your position Obstacle and the obstacle information identified on the map, according to the path planning principle such as the shortest distance, determine the target direction that needs to be moved.
如果无线接入设备本地不具有无线接入设备与移动终端所处环境的全局 详细地图, 则可以先获取无线接入设备与移动终端所处的环境。 无线接入设 备可通过采用传感器感知无线接入设备与移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信 息,根据传感器感知的障碍物信息构造无线接入设备与移动终端所处的环境。 具体地, 无线接入设备根据传感器感知障碍物的信息, 在平面图上抽取出障 碍物的质心作为顶点, 基于沃罗诺伊图 (Voronoi) 理论, 采用近似构造法, 构造一般环境的 Voronoi图,即相当于模拟了无线接入设备与移动终端之间的 环境。 如图 7所示, 图 7为本发明的无线接入设备通过传感器感知构造的环 境示意图, 图中各圆圈即为本发明无线接入设备的传感器感知的障碍物。  If the wireless access device does not have a global detailed map of the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located may be acquired first. The wireless access device can construct the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor by using the sensor to sense the obstacle information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located. Specifically, the wireless access device extracts the centroid of the obstacle as a vertex on the plan according to the information of the sensor sensing the obstacle, and based on the Voronoi theory, constructs a Voronoi diagram of the general environment by using an approximate construction method. That is equivalent to simulating the environment between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. As shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an environment in which a wireless access device of the present invention is configured by a sensor, and each circle in the figure is an obstacle perceived by a sensor of the wireless access device of the present invention.
可选的, 如前面上述, 当无线接入设备移动过程中, 定时器到期后检测 到第二无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端的通信质量需求, 则会继续移 动, 继续移动过程中, 可能需要重新确定目标方向, 即第二目标方向。  Optionally, as described above, when the wireless access device moves, after the timer expires, it is detected that the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal, and then continues to move, and the mobile process continues. In the middle, it may be necessary to re-determine the target direction, that is, the second target direction.
具体地, 当第二无线接入链路的质量不满足单个移动终端的通信质量需 求时, 上述无线接入设备根据上述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方 向; 上述无线接入设备沿上述第二目标方向移动;  Specifically, when the quality of the second radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second radio access link; The device moves in the second target direction;
其中, 上述无线接入设备根据上述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目 标方向, 包括以下几种实现方式:  The wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link, and includes the following implementation manners:
第一种: 无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动 终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相 对所述无线接入设备的方向为第二目标方向。  a first type: the wireless access device acquires a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to a parameter of the second wireless access link; the wireless access device determines that the mobile terminal is opposite to the wireless The direction of the access device is the second target direction.
第二种: 上述无线接入设备根据上述移动终端接入上述无线接入设备的 天线波束的方向确定上述第二目标方向。  The second type: the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the direction in which the mobile terminal accesses the antenna beam of the wireless access device.
第三种: 所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天 线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方 向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 二目标方向。  a third type: the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device; The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
在确定了第二目标方向之后, 在无线接入设备继续移动之前, 无线接入 设备还可以采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境中 的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和 所述移动终端所处的环境; 所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述 移动终端所处的环境调整所述第二目标方向。 After determining the second target direction, before the wireless access device continues to move, the wireless access device may also use the sensor to perceive the wireless access device and the environment in which the mobile terminal is located. The obstacle information, the environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor; the wireless access device according to the wireless access device and the mobile terminal The environment at the location adjusts the second target direction.
上述第二目标方向的确定方法, 可以参照第一目标方向的确定方法, 在 此不再赘述。  For the method for determining the second target direction, the method for determining the first target direction may be referred to, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是, 当第二无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端的通信质量 需求时, 在无线接入设备继续移动的过程中, 是否需要重新确定移动的目标 方向, gp, 是继续按第一目标方向继续移动, 还是确定一个第二目标方向, 按照第二目标方向移动。 可以按照下述方式确定, 无线接入设备判断最近的 N次检测第二无线接入链路的质量结果中, 后一次检测结果比前一次检测结 果差的次数是否大于等于阈值, 若是, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线 接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向; 若否, 无线接入设备沿着第一目标方向 继续移动。  It should be noted that, when the quality of the second radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal, whether the target direction of the mobile needs to be re-determined during the wireless access device continues to move, gp, is continued to press The first target direction continues to move, or a second target direction is determined to move in the second target direction. And determining, by the wireless access device, whether the number of times that the second detection result is worse than the previous detection result is greater than or equal to a threshold value, and if yes, The wireless access device determines a second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link; if not, the wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction.
本发明实施例, 通过无线接入设备检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满 足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 若无线接入设备判断第一无线接入链路的 质量不满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 则无线接入设备从当前位置开始 移动, 移动过程中, 可以检测第二的无线链路是否满足单个移动终端的通信 质量需求, 如果满足, 则停止移动, 如果不满足, 继续移动, 即通过无线接 入设备的移动提高无线接入链路的质量, 以满足单个移动终端的通信质量需 求。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless access device determines whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and if the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not satisfy the single mobile terminal. The communication quality requirement, the wireless access device starts to move from the current location, and during the mobile process, it can detect whether the second wireless link satisfies the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, and if so, stops the mobile, if not, continues Mobile, that is, the quality of the wireless access link is improved by the movement of the wireless access device to meet the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.
图 8为本发明的无线接入服务方法实施例二的流程示意图, 如图 8所 示, 本实施例的执行主体是无线接入设备, 本实施例的无线接入设备具有 自移动功能, 可通过机器人实现, 本实施例的方法如下:  FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a second embodiment of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the executor of the embodiment is a wireless access device, and the wireless access device in this embodiment has a self-moving function. The method of this embodiment is implemented by a robot as follows:
S801 : 无线接入设备检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终 端集合的通信质量需求。  S801: The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set.
其中, 第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 上述第一无 线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移动终 端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, R个移动终端为接入无线接入设备的 M个 移动终端中的具有通信质量需求的 R个移动终端, M≥l, 1≤R≤M, 也就 是说, 接入无线接入设备中的移动终端可以是部分或者全部具有通信质量 需求, 本发明的实施例只考虑具有通信质量需求的移动终端, 例如: 具有 通信质量需求的移动终端可以是运营商的一些 VIP, 运营商一般会考虑优 先满足具有通信质量需求的移动终端。 具体地, 可以包括以下多种场景, 第一种场景是 R>1, 在1 >1时包括两种情况, 一种是 M>R, 例如, 接入 无线接入设备的移动终端有 100个 (M=100 ) , 其中, 具有通信质量需求 的移动终端具有 80个 (R=80 ) , 另一种是 R=M, 例如, 接入无线接入设 备的移动终端有 100个 (M=100 ) , 并且, 其中的 100个移动终端都具有 通信质量需求 (R=100 ) 。 第二种场景是 R=l, 在 R=l时包括两种情况, 一种是 M=l, 即接入无线接入设备的移动终端是 1个 (R=l ) , 并且该移 动终端具有通信质量需求 (R=l ) , 另一种是M>1, 例如: 接入无线接入 设备的移动终端有 100个 (M=100 ) , 其中具有通信质量需求的移动终端 只有 1个(R=l ) 。 本发明的实施例只考虑具有通信质量需求的移动终端, 因此, 本发明的实施例在分别针对 R>1和 R=l进行描述时, 对接入无线 接入设备的总的移动终端的数量不作限制。 The first set of radio access links includes R first radio access links, and the first radio access link is between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals. a wireless access link, wherein the R mobile terminals are R mobile terminals having communication quality requirements among M mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device, M≥l, 1≤R≤M, that is, The mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device may have some or all of the communication quality. The embodiment of the present invention considers only mobile terminals having communication quality requirements. For example, a mobile terminal having communication quality requirements may be some VIPs of an operator, and an operator generally considers preferentially satisfying a mobile terminal having communication quality requirements. Specifically, the following scenarios may be included, where the first scenario is R>1, and when 1>1, two cases are included, and one is M>R. For example, there are 100 mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device. (M=100), wherein there are 80 mobile terminals with communication quality requirements (R=80), and the other is R=M. For example, there are 100 mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device (M=100). ) , and 100 of them have communication quality requirements (R=100). The second scenario is R=l. When R=l, there are two cases, one is M=l, that is, the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device is one (R=l), and the mobile terminal has The communication quality requirement (R=l), the other is M>1, for example: There are 100 mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device (M=100), and only one mobile terminal with communication quality requirements (R) =l ). Embodiments of the present invention only consider mobile terminals having communication quality requirements. Therefore, the embodiments of the present invention refer to the total number of mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device when describing R>1 and R=1, respectively. No restrictions.
移动终端集合的通信质量需求为 R个移动终端中预定数量或者全部数量 的终端中的每个终端满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 例如, R=100, 预 定数量为大于 80,则当 100个移动终端中有 80以上的移动终端满足单个移动终 端的通信质量需求, 则认为第一组无线接入链路的质量满足移动终端集合的 通信质量需求; 其中, 单个移动终端的通信质量需求可以包括下述至少一种: RSSI强度不低于 RSSI阈值、 接入速率不低于接入速率阈值、 接入带宽不低于 接入带宽阈值、 或, 当前的业务类型与最低链路质量的要求等。 针对接入无 线接入设备的移动终端中只有一个具有通信质量需求的情况, 即 R=l的情况, 若第一组无线接入链路满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 则可以确定第一 组无线接入链路满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。  The communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is that each of the predetermined number or the total number of terminals in the R mobile terminals satisfies the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, for example, R=100, and the predetermined number is greater than 80, then 100 If more than 80 mobile terminals in the mobile terminal meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the quality of the first set of wireless access links is considered to meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set; wherein, the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal may include At least one of the following: the RSSI strength is not lower than the RSSI threshold, the access rate is not lower than the access rate threshold, the access bandwidth is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold, or the current service type and the minimum link quality requirement, etc. . For the case that only one of the mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device has a communication quality requirement, that is, the case of R=l, if the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal, the first can be determined. The group radio access link satisfies the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
针对接入无线接入设备的移动终端中具有多个通信质量需求的情况, 即 For a mobile terminal accessing a wireless access device having multiple communication quality requirements, ie
R〉i的情况,移动终端集合的通信质量需求为 R个移动终端中满足单个移动终 端的通信质量需求的个数与 R的比值大于预设值。 也可以理解为 R条第一无线 接入链路中满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求的第一无线接入链路的个数与 R的比值大于预设值, 例如, R=10, 则第一组无线接入链路中具有 10条第一 无线接入链路, 假设, 有 5条第一无线接入链路分别满足 5个单个移动终端的 通信质量需求, 再假设, 预设值为 80%, 则在这种情况下 10条第一无线接入 链路中满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求的第一无线接入链路的个数 (5)与 R ( 10 ) 的比值是 50%, 小于预设值, 则确定第一组无线接入链路的质量不满 足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。 若 10条第一无线接入链路中满足单个移动 终端的通信质量需求的第一无线接入链路的个数与 R的比值大于 80%,则确定 第一组无线接入链路满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。 需要说明的是, 判 断第一无线接入链路是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求过程, 与针对 R=l的情况下, 判断第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合的通 信质量需求相同, 也就是, 单个移动终端的通信质量需求与 R=l的情况下的 移动终端集合的通信质量需求相同。 In the case of R>i, the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is that the ratio of the number of R and the R satisfying the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal among the R mobile terminals is greater than a preset value. It can also be understood that the ratio of the number of the first radio access links satisfying the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal in the R first radio access links to the R is greater than a preset value, for example, R=10, then There are 10 first wireless access links in a group of wireless access links, assuming that 5 first wireless access links respectively satisfy 5 single mobile terminals Communication quality requirement, assuming that the preset value is 80%, in this case, the number of first wireless access links in the 10 first wireless access links that satisfy the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal ( 5) The ratio of R(10) is 50%, which is less than the preset value, and it is determined that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals. Determining that the first group of radio access links meets the mobile if the ratio of the number of the first radio access links and the R of the ten first radio access links that satisfy the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is greater than 80%. The communication quality requirements of the terminal set. It should be noted that, determining whether the first radio access link satisfies the communication quality requirement process of the single mobile terminal, and determining whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the set of the mobile terminal in the case of R=l The communication quality requirements are the same, that is, the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal are the same as the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set in the case of R=l.
无线接入设备可以周期性的广播自己的存在, 从而保证有移动终端发现 该无线接入设备后通过无线方式接入到本无线接入设备。  The wireless access device can periodically broadcast its own presence, thereby ensuring that the mobile terminal accesses the wireless access device by wireless after discovering the wireless access device.
无线接入设备可以通过定时检测获知第一组无线接入链路的质量; 具体 地, 可以通过定时获取表征第一组无线接入链路的质量的参数来完成, 其中, 针对 R=l的情况, 第一组无线接入链路与第一无线接入链路相同, 可以用来 表征第一组无线接入链路的质量的参数可以是: 移动终端到无线接入设备之 间的 RSSI信息、 移动终端用户的接入速率、 带宽信息或者移动终端的业务类 型等; 针对 R>1的情况, 第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 用 来表征第一组无线接入链路的质量的参数可以是一个比值,该比值为 R条第一 无线接入链路中满足移动终端的通信质量的第一无线接入链路的个数与 R的 比值。  The radio access device can learn the quality of the first group of radio access links by using the timing detection; specifically, it can be completed by periodically acquiring parameters that characterize the quality of the first group of radio access links, where, for R=l In the case where the first set of radio access links are the same as the first radio access link, the parameters that can be used to characterize the quality of the first set of radio access links can be: RSSI between the mobile terminal and the radio access device Information, access rate of the mobile terminal user, bandwidth information, or service type of the mobile terminal; for the case of R>1, the first set of radio access links includes R first radio access links, which are used to characterize The parameter of the quality of a set of radio access links may be a ratio, which is the ratio of the number of the first radio access links satisfying the communication quality of the mobile terminal in the R first radio access links to the R ratio. .
也可以通过移动终端定时上报参数的方式获知无线接入设备与 R个移动 终端之间的 R条第一无线接入链路的质量, 当 R=l时, 第一无线接入链路的质 量也就是第一组无线接入链路的质量, 当1 >1时, 无线接入设备根据 R条第一 无线接入链路的质量确定第一组无线接入链路的质量,也就是确定 R条第一无 线接入链路中满足移动终端的通信质量的第一无线接入链路的个数与 R的比 值为第一组无线接入链路的质量。  The quality of the R first radio access link between the radio access device and the R mobile terminals can also be obtained by periodically reporting the parameters of the mobile terminal. When R=l, the quality of the first radio access link. That is, the quality of the first group of radio access links, when 1 > 1, the radio access device determines the quality of the first group of radio access links according to the quality of the R first radio access links, that is, determines The ratio of the number of the first radio access links satisfying the communication quality of the mobile terminal to the R in the first radio access link of the R is the quality of the first group of radio access links.
以 R=l, 移动终端的通信质量需求为 RSSI强度不低于 RSSI阈值为例进行 说明, 当无线接入设备检测到的第一组无线接入链路的 RSSI低于 RSSI阈值 时,则确定第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。 当移动终端集合的通信质量需求为多个时, 若无线接入设备检测到第一 组无线接入链路的质量不满足其中任何一个要求, 则确定第一组无线接入链 路的质量不满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。 The R=l, the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal is an example that the RSSI strength is not lower than the RSSI threshold. When the RSSI of the first group of radio access links detected by the radio access device is lower than the RSSI threshold, it is determined. The quality of the first set of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals. When the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set is multiple, if the radio access device detects that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet any one of the requirements, determining that the quality of the first group of radio access links is not Meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set.
需要说明的是, 定时检测只是一种实现方式, 本发明还可以根据实际需 要, 采用其他的方式检测, 本发明对此不作限制。  It should be noted that the timing detection is only an implementation manner, and the present invention may also be detected in other manners according to actual needs, which is not limited by the present invention.
S802 : 当无线接入设备判断第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终 端集合的通信质量需求时, 上述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位 置。  S802: When the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location.
其中, 无线接入设备移动到目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路的质量 满足上述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 第二组无线接入链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在目标位置到 R个移动终端的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。  The quality of the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals when the radio access device moves to the target location, where the second group of radio access links includes R second radio accesses. Link, the second wireless access link is a wireless access link of the wireless access device between the target location and any of the mobile terminals of the R mobile terminals.
第一种实现方式是, 当第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集 合的通信质量需求时, 就触发无线接入设备就从当前位置移动到目标位 置。  The first implementation manner is that when the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal, the wireless access device is triggered to move from the current location to the target location.
第二种实现方式是, 当第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集 合的通信质量需求时, 学习历史时间段内第一组无线接入链路的质量, 根 据历史时间段内第一组无线接入链路的质量及当前的检测结果确定是否 触发无线接入设备移动。 也就是, 在无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标 位置之前, 还包括: 无线接入设备判断最近的前 N次检测第一组无线接入 链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中 N为大于等于 1 的整数,只有在前 N次检测第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集 合的通信质量需求时, 无线接入设备才从当前位置移动到目标位置, 这样 可以避免无线接入设备的不必要的移动。  The second implementation manner is: when the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the quality of the first group of radio access links in the historical period is learned, according to the historical time period. The quality of the first set of wireless access links and the current detection result determine whether the wireless access device is triggered to move. That is, before the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, the method further includes: determining, by the wireless access device, whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the first N times. Where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location only when the quality of the first set of wireless access links does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the first N times. This avoids unnecessary movement of the wireless access device.
针对第二种实现方式, 举例来说明, 假设, 在前 N次检测第一组无线 接入链路的质量一直都满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 第一次检测到 第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足因素和条件, 可能是因为无线接入设备 与移动终端直接有障碍物通过、 或者是有干扰源通过导致了第一组无线接 入链路质量的下降, 当障碍物通过之后, 或者干扰源消除之后, 第一组无 线接入链路的质量则会恢复, 也就是, 在这种情况下, 第一组无线接入链 路的质量只是在短时间内下降, 无需无线接入设备进行移动, 这样, 可以 避免无线接入设备不必要的移动。假设, 在前 N次检测到第一组无线接入 链路的质量都不满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 并且, 当前检测到的 第一组无线接入链路的质量依然不满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 在 这种情况下才通过无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置的方式来满 足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。 For the second implementation manner, for example, it is assumed that the quality of the first group of radio access links in the first N times is always satisfied with the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the first group of radio access is detected for the first time. The quality of the link does not meet the factors and conditions. It may be because the wireless access device directly passes the obstacle with the mobile terminal, or the source of the interference causes the quality of the first group of wireless access links to decrease. After that, or after the interference source is removed, the quality of the first set of wireless access links is restored, that is, in this case, the first set of wireless access chains The quality of the road only drops in a short time, and there is no need for the wireless access device to move, so that unnecessary movement of the wireless access device can be avoided. It is assumed that the quality of the first set of radio access links does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the first N times, and the quality of the currently detected first group of radio access links still does not satisfy the mobile terminal. The aggregated communication quality requirements, in this case, satisfy the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set by way of the wireless access device moving from the current location to the target location.
当无线接入设备确定要通过无线接入设备移动的方式满足移动终端集合 的通信质量需求之后, 首先要获取获取目标位置, 其中一种实现方式是无线 接入设备根据 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定目标位置,。 然后, 规划无线 接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置的路径。  After the wireless access device determines that the wireless access device needs to be moved by the wireless access device to meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the first acquisition target location is obtained, and one implementation manner is that the wireless access device performs the first wireless access according to the R The parameters of the link determine the target location. Then, plan the path that the wireless access device moves from the current location to the destination location.
首先, 下面详细介绍获取目标位置的过程:  First, the process of getting the target location is detailed below:
第一歩: 无线接入设备根据 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取 R个移动终 端分别相对于无线接入设备的位置信息。  The first parameter: the radio access device acquires location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the radio access device according to the parameters of the R first radio access link.
其中, 第一无线接入链路的参数包括第一无线接入链路上传输的信号的 参数以及与第一无线接入链路相关的天线的参数, 其中, 第一无线接入链路 上传输的信号的参数包括: 无线信号的强度、 方向、 时延、 TOA、 AOA等, 与第一无线接入链路相关的天线的参数包括: 通过第一无线接入链路传输信 号的移动终端接入无线设备的天线的波束的方向。当存在多条无线链路时候, 参数还进一歩包括, 根据上述无线信号的强度、 方向、 时延等特性得到的关 于 RSSI, 无线电波方向及通信两端的距离等相关参数的特点所做的分布情况 统计, 可用于做位置估计等。  The parameter of the first radio access link includes a parameter of a signal transmitted on the first radio access link and a parameter of an antenna associated with the first radio access link, where the first radio access link is The parameters of the transmitted signal include: strength, direction, delay, TOA, AOA, etc. of the wireless signal, and parameters of the antenna associated with the first wireless access link include: a mobile terminal transmitting a signal through the first wireless access link The direction of the beam of the antenna that is connected to the wireless device. When there are multiple radio links, the parameters further include the distribution of the characteristics of the RSSI, the direction of the radio wave, and the distance between the two ends of the communication according to the characteristics of the strength, direction, and delay of the wireless signal. Statistics, can be used for location estimation and so on.
位置信息是指移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向和 /或距离, 即可以根 据移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向和 /或距离确定移动终端相对于无线 接入设备的位置信息, 当然, 位置信息也可以是移动终端的坐标信息。  The location information refers to the direction and/or distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, that is, the location information of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device may be determined according to the direction and/or distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, of course. The location information may also be coordinate information of the mobile terminal.
本发明确定 R个移动终端中每个移动终端相对于无线接入设备的位置信 息的方法相同, 在此, 仅以确定一个移动终端相对于无线接入设备的位置信 息的方法为例进行详细说明, 确定其他的移动终端相对于无线接入设备的位 置信息的方法类似, 在此不再赘述。  The method for determining the location information of each mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device in the R mobile terminals is the same. Here, the method for determining the location information of one mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is taken as an example for detailed description. The method for determining location information of other mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device is similar, and details are not described herein again.
本发明包括但不限于下述两种确定移动终端相对于无线接入设备的位置 的方式: 第一种实现方式, 常常应用于无线接入设备具有智能天线的场景, 以智 能天线中的定向天线为例进行说明, 定向天线是指在某一个或某几个特定方 向上发射及接收电磁波特别强, 而在其它的方向上发射及接收电磁波则为零 或极小的一种天线。 当采用定向天线来发射信号后, 就可以把信号的发射区 域从一个圆形缩小到一个扇形, 这样就可以根据天线波束方向确定移动终端 相对于无线接入设备的方向, 提高定位精度。 具有定向天线的无线接入设备, 可以将基于信号强度的方法与无线信号的定向特征结合起来, 再根据无线接 入设备和天线波束方向的映射, 得到移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向。 如表 1所示, 表 1见图 3所示实施例中的表 1, 在此不再绘制。 以表 1为例, 若移 动终端通过无线接入设备的天线波束 1接入无线网络,则可以确定移动终端在 相对于无线接入设备的正东方向; 若移动终端通过无线接入设备天线波束 2 接入无线网络, 则可以确定移动终端在相对于无线接入设备的正东偏南 30°方 向, 即移动终端相对于无线接入设备的方向可以通过其接入无线网络的无线 接入设备的天线波束确定。 可以理解的是, 无线接入设备中会存储移动终端 当前是通过哪个波束接入无线网络的。 为了便于理解, 本发明还给出了定向 天线波束或覆盖扇区定位移动终端的示意图, 如图 4所示, 图 4为本发明定向 天线波束定位移动终端的示意图, 其中, 每个天线波束对应一个方向。 天线 波束越多, 每个天线波束对应的扇区越小, 定位的方向越精确。 The present invention includes, but is not limited to, the following two ways of determining the location of a mobile terminal relative to a wireless access device: The first implementation manner is often applied to a scenario where a wireless access device has a smart antenna. The directional antenna in the smart antenna is used as an example. The directional antenna refers to transmitting and receiving electromagnetic waves in a certain direction or a certain specific direction. An antenna that transmits and receives electromagnetic waves in other directions that are zero or very small. When a directional antenna is used to transmit a signal, the transmission area of the signal can be reduced from a circular shape to a sector shape, so that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device can be determined according to the direction of the antenna beam, thereby improving the positioning accuracy. A wireless access device with a directional antenna can combine the signal strength based method with the directional feature of the wireless signal, and then obtain the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the mapping between the wireless access device and the antenna beam direction. As shown in Table 1, Table 1 is shown in Table 1 in the embodiment shown in Figure 3, and is not drawn here. Taking Table 1 as an example, if the mobile terminal accesses the wireless network through the antenna beam 1 of the wireless access device, it can be determined that the mobile terminal is in the east direction relative to the wireless access device; if the mobile terminal passes the wireless access device antenna beam 2 accessing the wireless network, it can be determined that the mobile terminal is in the direction of 30° from the east of the wireless access device, that is, the wireless access device through which the mobile terminal can access the wireless network with respect to the direction of the wireless access device The antenna beam is determined. It can be understood that the wireless access device stores which beam the mobile terminal is currently accessing to the wireless network. For ease of understanding, the present invention also provides a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam or a coverage sector locating mobile terminal. As shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a directional antenna beam locating mobile terminal according to the present invention, wherein each antenna beam corresponds to one direction. The more antenna beams, the smaller the sector corresponding to each antenna beam, and the more accurate the direction of positioning.
无线接入设备通过定向天线接收信号, 无线接入设备通过无线接入设备 接收这些信号来估算到移动终端相对于无线接入设备的距离, 从而获取移动 终端的位置信息, 例如: 无线接入设备可以根据到达时间 TOA确定移动终端 相对无线接入设备的距离。  The wireless access device receives the signal through the directional antenna, and the wireless access device receives the signals through the wireless access device to estimate the distance from the mobile terminal to the wireless access device, thereby acquiring the location information of the mobile terminal, for example: the wireless access device The distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device can be determined based on the time of arrival TOA.
采用第一种实现方式获取移动终端相对于无线接入设备的位置信息, 易 于实施、 节省开销、 且可用于室内大范围的高精度的定位。  The first implementation manner is used to obtain the location information of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device, which is easy to implement, saves overhead, and can be used for high-precision positioning in a wide range of indoors.
第二种实现方式以应用于无线接入设备具有多天线阵列场景为例, 但不 限于这种场景,无线接入设备根据 R个移动终端分别到天线阵列中的两个天线 的到达角确定 R个移动终端分别相对无线接入设备的方向与距离。  The second implementation is applicable to a scenario in which the wireless access device has multiple antenna arrays, but is not limited to such a scenario. The wireless access device determines R according to the arrival angles of the R antennas to the two antennas in the antenna array. The direction and distance of the mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device.
同样的, 下面以确定一个移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向与距离为例 进行说明, 确定其他移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向与距离的方法类似, 在此不再赘述。 具体地, 根据移动终端分别到天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定移动 终端相对无线接入设备的方向与距离, 由于无线通信中移动终端和无线接入 设备周围的散射环境不同, 使得多天线系统中不同位置的天线经历的衰落不 同, 从而产生角度色散, 即空间选择性衰落。 因此, 随着智能天线和多输入 MIMO系统的引入, 信道信息从原来的二维信息 (时间、 频率), 扩充到三维 信息 (时间、 频率、 空间), 因此, 与单天线的研究不同, 在对多天线的研究 中, 室内定位可以充分利用诸如 AOA、 AOD之类的空间角度的信息。 针对 WLAN系统, 无线接入设备多天线阵列配置已经越来与越普遍, 因此可以通 过多天线的 AOA、 TOA和 TDOA参数进行移动终端的定位。 基于 TDOA技术 的定位算法, 在高斯噪声环境下能取得较好的定位精度。 随着智能天线阵在 基站中的使用, 当无线接入设备与移动终端之间为视距 (LOS)环境时, 基站能 够测得比较精确的 AOA值, 利用 TDOA与 AOA的混合定位方法, 定位精度比 只用 TDOA定位方法进一歩提高。 The method for determining the direction and distance of a mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is described below. The method for determining the direction and distance of the other mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is similar, and details are not described herein. Specifically, the direction and distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device are determined according to the angle of arrival of the two antennas in the antenna array by the mobile terminal respectively, and the multiple antennas are different due to different scattering environments around the mobile terminal and the wireless access device in the wireless communication. Antennas at different locations in the system experience different fading, resulting in angular dispersion, ie, spatially selective fading. Therefore, with the introduction of smart antennas and multi-input MIMO systems, channel information is extended from the original two-dimensional information (time, frequency) to three-dimensional information (time, frequency, space). Therefore, unlike the study of single antenna, In the study of multiple antennas, indoor positioning can make full use of spatial angle information such as AOA, AOD. For the WLAN system, the multi-antenna array configuration of the wireless access device has become more and more common, so the positioning of the mobile terminal can be performed through the multi-antenna AOA, TOA and TDOA parameters. The positioning algorithm based on TDOA technology can achieve better positioning accuracy under Gaussian noise environment. With the use of the smart antenna array in the base station, when the line-of-sight (LOS) environment between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal, the base station can measure a relatively accurate AOA value, and utilize the hybrid positioning method of TDOA and AOA to locate The accuracy is improved by using only the TDOA positioning method.
以利用两个天线的 AOA进行定位为例进行描述,图 5为本发明利用两个天 线的 AOA进行定位的示意图, 如图 5所示, 天线 1、天线 2和移动终端三个点分 别为三角行的三个顶点, 坐标分别为 (χι, y , ( χ 2, ^ ), (χ™, ^ ), 天线The positioning is performed by using an AOA with two antennas as an example. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of positioning of an AOA using two antennas according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, three points of the antenna 1, the antenna 2, and the mobile terminal are respectively triangular. The three vertices of the line, the coordinates are ( χ ι, y , ( χ 2 , ^ ), ( χ TM, ^ ), the antenna
1和移动终端之间的边长为 i, 天线 2和移动终端之间的边长为 ^, 其中, 和 ^可以通过根据 TOA确定移动终端相对无线接入设备的距离。 移动终端的坐 标 (χ™, 则可以根据图 3所示实施例中的公式 (1 ) 和公式 (2) 获得: 针对第二种实现方式, 当无线接入设备检测到多个 ΑΟΑ时, 具体采用哪 两个 ΑΟΑ进行计算, 可以进一歩通过传感器获取环境信息, 以确定哪个 ΑΟΑ 是直接从移动终端过来的, 哪个 ΑΟΑ是通过障碍物反射过来的, 通过障碍物 反射的情况如图 6所示, 图 6为本发明中通过障碍物反射的 ΑΟΑ的示意图, 通 过删除通过障碍物反射过来的干扰 ΑΟΑ方向, 准确估计用户位置。 The side length between 1 and the mobile terminal is i, and the side length between the antenna 2 and the mobile terminal is ^, wherein the sum can determine the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device according to the TOA. The coordinates of the mobile terminal ( χ TM can be obtained according to the formula (1 ) and the formula ( 2 ) in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3: For the second implementation manner, when the wireless access device detects multiple defects, the specific Which two ΑΟΑ are used for calculation, the environmental information can be obtained through the sensor to determine which ΑΟΑ is directly from the mobile terminal, which 反射 is reflected by the obstacle, and the reflection by the obstacle is as shown in FIG. 6 . Fig. 6 is a schematic view of a crucible reflected by an obstacle in the present invention, and the position of the user is accurately estimated by deleting the direction of the interference 反射 reflected by the obstacle.
类似的, 还可以用 ΤΟΑ和 TDOA, 以及上述多种无线信号统计特性联合 来做移动终端的定位。 基本做法就是基于 TOA、 DOA、 接收信号强度 (RSS) 等参数求解几何方程的定位方法或是几种参数的联合定位移动终端的位置。 详细的求解过程, 此处不再赘述。  Similarly, it is also possible to use ΤΟΑ and TDOA, as well as the above-mentioned multiple statistical features of wireless signals to perform mobile terminal positioning. The basic approach is to solve the geometric equation positioning method based on parameters such as TOA, DOA, and received signal strength (RSS) or to jointly locate the position of the mobile terminal with several parameters. The detailed solution process will not be described here.
第二歩:无线接入设备根据 R个移动终端相对无线接入设备的位置信息确 定目标位置。 可选地,在根据 R个移动终端相对无线接入设备的位置信息确定目标位置 时,还可以结合无线接入设备和 R个移动终端所处的环境,确定出更为准确可 行的目标位置。也可以在根据 R个移动终端相对无线接入设备的位置信息确定 目标位置之后,再根据无线接入设备和 R个移动终端所处的环境,调整上述目 标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置。 Second: The wireless access device determines the target location according to the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device. Optionally, when determining the target location according to the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device, a more accurate and feasible target location may be determined in combination with the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located. After determining the target location according to the location information of the R mobile terminals with respect to the wireless access device, the target location may be adjusted according to the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain the adjusted target location.
具体地, 当确定了 R个移动终端相对无线接入设备的位置信息之后,如果 无线接入设备本地具有无线接入设备和 R个移动终端所处环境的全局详细地 图(也可以外部输入), 则可以直接根据自身的位置、 感知到的障碍物和地图 上标识的障碍物信息、 根据最短距离等路径规划原则, 确定需要移动的目标 位置, 目标位置具体可以通过方向、 坐标、 时间及速度等信息标识。  Specifically, after determining the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device, if the wireless access device locally has a global detailed map of the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located (may also be externally input), Then, according to the position, the perceived obstacle and the obstacle information identified on the map, and the path planning principle according to the shortest distance, the target position to be moved can be determined, and the target position can be specifically determined by direction, coordinates, time and speed. Information identification.
如果无线接入设备本地不具有无线接入设备与 R个移动终端所处环境的 全局详细地图, 则可以先获取无线接入设备与 R个移动终端所处的环境。 可 通过无线接入设备采用传感器感知无线接入设备与 R个移动终端所处的环境 中的障碍物信息, 根据传感器感知的障碍物信息构造无线接入设备与 R个移 动终端所处的环境。 具体地, 无线接入设备根据传感器感知障碍物的信息, 在平面图上抽取出障碍物的质心作为顶点, 基于沃罗诺伊图(Voronoi)理论, 采用近似构造法,构造一般环境的 Voron 图, 即相当于模拟了无线接入设备 与移动终端之间的环境。 如图 7所示, 图 7为本发明的无线接入设备的通过 传感器感知的构造的环境, 图中各圆圈即为本发明无线接入设备的传感器感 知的障碍物。  If the wireless access device does not have a global detailed map of the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located may be obtained first. The wireless access device can use the sensor to sense the obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and construct the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. Specifically, the wireless access device extracts the centroid of the obstacle as a vertex on the plan view according to the information of the sensor sensing the obstacle, and constructs a Voron map of the general environment by using an approximate construction method based on the Voronoi theory. That is equivalent to simulating the environment between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. As shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is an environment in which the wireless access device of the present invention is configured by a sensor, and each circle in the figure is an obstacle perceived by the sensor of the wireless access device of the present invention.
可选地, 如果无线接入设备的计算能力支持, 其可以在本地模拟无线接 入设备移动到目标位置之后, 第二组无线接入链路是否能够满足移动终端集 合的通信质量需求, 若模拟结果为是, 即无线接入设备移动到目标位置之后, 第二组无线接入链路可以满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 则无线接入设 备触发无线接入设备则执行移动到目标位置, 若否, 无线接入设备则重新规 划目标位置。  Optionally, if the computing capability of the wireless access device supports, after the local analog wireless access device moves to the target location, whether the second set of wireless access links can meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, if the simulation The result is that after the wireless access device moves to the target location, the second group of wireless access links can meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and the wireless access device triggers the wireless access device to perform the move to the target location. If not, the wireless access device re-plans the target location.
然后, 下面再介绍规划无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置的路径 过程:  Then, the following describes the path of planning the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location:
确定目标位置之后, 通过将无线接入设备当前位置和目标位置连入 Voronoi图, 形成无线接入设备运动的无碰撞路径网络。 把障碍物近似成质点 那么无线接入设备沿着环境障碍物的 Voronoi边行走碰到障碍物的几率是最小 的。 或者, 通过其他的方式规划当前位置到目标位置的路径信息, 路径信息 可以是一个目标位置的点的坐标、 或者一个角度标识的方向、 或者是当前位 置到目标位置之间的多个连续的点坐标,或者是某个方向上的连续移动时间、 以及移动的速度等。 简单来说, 路径规划可以只规划出无线接入设备移动的 下一个点的位置或方向, 而无线接入设备如何移动路径不做规划。 当无线接 入设备通过上述多种移动终端定位机制,定位出了移动终端的空间位置为 P r, Θ ), 即在以无线接入设备本地坐标的 Θ方向上,距离为 r的点。 上述坐标为二 维坐标, 在平面的机械装置, 如用轮子驱动的接入点装置中, 无需在进一歩 做坐标转换, 可以直接用该信息, 做下一歩处理。 当需要转换成三维空间中 的位置时, 可以无线接入设备的高度等信息, 转换成机械控制单元可识别的 坐标 P'(X',y',Z':>,转换后的目标位置会放入无线接入设备当前存储的本地的地 图中, 该地图包含了传感器模块感知的环境信息, 如障碍物信息等。 After determining the target location, a collision-free path network of wireless access device motion is formed by connecting the current location and the target location of the wireless access device to the Voronoi diagram. Approximate an obstacle into a particle Then the probability that the wireless access device will hit the obstacle along the Voronoi side of the environmental obstacle is minimal. Or, the path information of the current location to the target location is planned by other means, and the path information may be the coordinates of a point of the target location, or the direction of an angle identifier, or multiple consecutive points between the current location and the target location. Coordinates, or the continuous movement time in a certain direction, and the speed of movement. In simple terms, path planning can only plan the location or direction of the next point where the wireless access device moves, and how the wireless access device moves the path without planning. When the wireless access device locates the spatial position of the mobile terminal by using the above multiple mobile terminal positioning mechanisms, it is P r, Θ ), that is, at a distance r in the Θ direction of the local coordinates of the wireless access device. The above coordinates are two-dimensional coordinates. In a planar mechanical device, such as a wheel-driven access point device, it is not necessary to perform coordinate conversion further, and the information can be directly used for the next processing. When it is necessary to convert into a position in a three-dimensional space, information such as the height of the wireless access device can be converted into a coordinate P' ( X ', y', Z ':> identifiable by the mechanical control unit, and the converted target position will be Placed in the local map currently stored by the wireless access device, the map contains environmental information sensed by the sensor module, such as obstacle information.
规划出来的路径信息 (即目标位置信息) 可以用如下形式表示:  The planned path information (ie, the target location information) can be expressed as follows:
1、 方向: T1 (α), 即沿着以无线接入设备的当前为诶之为坐标系远点的 α方向移动;  1. Direction: T1 (α), that is, moving along the α direction which is the far point of the coordinate system of the wireless access device;
2、 方向 +距离方式: Tl ( a, L ), 即沿着以无线接入设备的当前位置为 坐标系原点的坐标系的 α方向, 平移 L距离。  2. Direction + distance mode: Tl ( a, L ), that is, the distance L is translated along the α direction of the coordinate system whose origin is the current position of the wireless access device.
3、 方向 +时间: Tl (a, t), 即沿着以无线接入设备的当前位置为坐标系 原点的坐标系的 α方向, 移动 t时间。  3. Direction + time: Tl (a, t), that is, move the t time along the α direction of the coordinate system whose coordinate position is the coordinate system of the current position of the wireless access device.
4、 方向 +速度 +时间方式: T2 (α, ν, t), 即无线接入设备沿着以无线接 入设备的当前位置为坐标系原点的坐标系的 α方向, 以速度 V平移 t时间后停 止; 这里, 因为有速度的规划信息, 因此, 除了获取移动终端的位置信息, 还需要更具位置的变化规律, 预测无线接入设备移动的速度;  4. Direction + speed + time mode: T2 (α, ν, t), that is, the wireless access device translates the time t in the coordinate system of the coordinate system originating from the current position of the wireless access device as the coordinate system origin. After stopping; here, because there is speed planning information, in addition to obtaining the location information of the mobile terminal, a more change rule of the location is needed to predict the speed of the wireless access device moving;
5、 目标点位置方式: T3 ( X , y, z), 即无线接入设备移动到空间坐标为 5. Target position mode: T3 (X, y, z), that is, the wireless access device moves to the space coordinate
( X , y, z ) 的点后停止移动。 After the point of (X, y, z) stops moving.
6、 多点组成的连续路径: 可以是上述多种方式的组合, 也可以是某一种 方式, 区别是, 该连续路径, 包含了多歩移动的点的信息。  6. A continuous path composed of multiple points: It may be a combination of the above various methods, or may be a certain method. The difference is that the continuous path contains information of a plurality of moving points.
当规划出路径信息之后, 无线接入设备根据路径信息移动到目标位置之 后, 无线接入设备接收无线接入设备反馈的第二组无线接入链路的质量与移 动前的第一组无线接入链路的质量的比较结果, 无线接入设备根据比较结果 以及第二无线接入链路的参数, 确定下一次移动的目标位置。 gp, 无线接入 无线接入设备移动到目标位置之后会对比移动后的无线接入链路是否满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求, 若满足, 则反馈规划成功的反馈信息, 若不满 足, 则反馈规划失败的反馈信息, 以供无线接入设备进一歩规划路径。 After the path information is planned, after the wireless access device moves to the target location according to the path information, the wireless access device receives the quality and shift of the second group of wireless access links fed back by the wireless access device. As a result of the comparison of the quality of the first set of wireless access links before the move, the wireless access device determines the target location of the next move based on the comparison result and the parameters of the second wireless access link. Gp, after the wireless access wireless access device moves to the target location, it compares whether the mobile wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and if yes, feedbacks the successful feedback information of the planning, if not, The feedback information of the failed planning feedback is provided for the wireless access device to enter a planning path.
本发明实施例, 通过无线接入设备检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否 满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 若无线接入设备判断第一组无线接入链 路的质量不满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 无线接入设备从当前位置移 动到目标位置, 以使移动后的第二组无线接入链路满足移动终端集合的通信 质量需求, 即通过无线接入设备的移动提高无线接入链路的质量, 以满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and if the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not satisfy the mobile The communication quality requirement of the terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, so that the second set of wireless access links after the mobile meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, that is, the mobility of the wireless access device is improved. The quality of the wireless access link to meet the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
图 9为本发明的无线接入服务方法实施例三的流程示意图,本实施例是针 对图 1所示的场景,即接入无线接入设备的移动终端中只有一个移动终端具有 通信质量需求的情况, 也就是 R=l的情况, 如图 9所示, 本实施例的方法包括: S901 : 无线接入设备检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动 终端的通信质量需求。  FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention. This embodiment is directed to the scenario shown in FIG. 1 , that is, only one mobile terminal accessing a wireless access device has communication quality requirements. In the case of R=1, as shown in FIG. 9, the method in this embodiment includes: S901: The radio access device detects whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal.
本歩骤与图 8所示实施例的歩骤 S801类似, 在此不再赘述。  This step is similar to step S801 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and details are not described herein again.
S902: 当无线接入设备判断第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足单个移动 终端的通信质量需求时, 无线接入设备通过向不同的方向移动第一距离, 确 定接收信号最强的方向为移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向。  S902: When the radio access device determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the radio access device determines the direction of the strongest received signal by moving the first distance in different directions. The direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
如图 10所示, 图 10为本发明将无线接入设备所在的二维平面分成固定的 区域的示意图, 无线接入设备将其所在的二维平面分成 8个固定的区域, 即分 为 8个方向, 无线接入设备通过向不同的方向移动第一距离 (一般很短), 比 较各个方向的接入信号强度, 确定接入信号最强的方向为移动终端相对无线 接入设备的方向。  As shown in FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of dividing a two-dimensional plane in which a wireless access device is located into a fixed area according to the present invention. The wireless access device divides the two-dimensional plane in which it is located into eight fixed areas, that is, divided into eight. In the direction, the wireless access device compares the access signal strength in each direction by moving the first distance (usually very short) in different directions, and determines that the direction of the strongest access signal is the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
S903 : 无线接入设备根据 TOA确定移动终端相对无线接入设备的距离。 即根据信号的传播速率与时间获得信号传输的路径的长短, 即无线接入 设备与移动终端之间的距离。  S903: The wireless access device determines the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device according to the TOA. That is, the length of the path of the signal transmission, that is, the distance between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal, is obtained according to the propagation rate of the signal and the time.
S904: 无线接入设备结合移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向和距离, 确 定目标位置。 可参见图 8所示实施例的具体描述, 在此不再赘述。 S904: The wireless access device determines the target location by combining the direction and distance of the mobile terminal with respect to the wireless access device. For details, refer to the detailed description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , and details are not described herein again.
无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置。  The wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location.
根据机械运动原理进行移动, 对此, 本发明不作详细描述。  The movement is carried out according to the principle of mechanical motion, and the present invention will not be described in detail.
可选地, 当无线接入设备移动到目标位置之后, 还可以反馈路径规划的 效果 (无线接入设备在目标位置与移动终端之间的第二组无线接入链路质 量)。 以使无线接入设备根据反馈效果确定下一次移动的目标位置。  Optionally, after the wireless access device moves to the target location, the effect of the path planning (the second set of wireless access link qualities between the target location and the mobile terminal of the wireless access device) may also be fed back. So that the wireless access device determines the target location of the next move according to the feedback effect.
本实施例是针对无线接入设备只有一个具有通信质量需求的场景, 通 过无线接入设备尝试向不同的方向移动, 根据接收信号的强度确定移动终 端相对无线接入设备的方法, 再根据 TOA等方式确定移动终端相对无线 接入设备的距离, 进而结合移动终端相对无线接入设备的方向和距离确定 目标位置。  In this embodiment, the wireless access device has only one scenario with communication quality requirements, and the wireless access device attempts to move in different directions, and the method for determining the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the strength of the received signal, and then according to the TOA, etc. The method determines the distance of the mobile terminal from the wireless access device, and further determines the target location in combination with the direction and distance of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device.
图 11为本发明无线接入服务方法实施例四的流程示意图, 图 11所示 实施例的执行主体是远端控制中心, 如图 11所示, 本实施例的方法如下: S1101 : 远端控制中心检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动 终端集合的通信质量需求。  FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for wireless access service according to the present invention. The executor of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 is a remote control center. As shown in FIG. 11, the method in this embodiment is as follows: S1101: Remote Control The center detects whether the quality of the first set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
其中, 上述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 上述第一 无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端 之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 上述 R个移动终端为接入上述无线接入设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M 。  The first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, and the first radio access link is a wireless access device from any of the current locations to any of the R mobile terminals. The wireless access link, wherein the R mobile terminals are R mobile terminals among the M mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device, M≥l, \<R≤M.
本歩骤的详细描述可以参见 S801 , 不同的是, S801的执行主体是无线接 入设备, 本歩骤是远端控制中心, 但其实现的功能相同, 在此不再赘述。  For details, refer to S801. The difference is that the S801 is the wireless access device. The remote control center is the same as the remote control center. The functions are the same and will not be described here.
S1102:当上述远端控制中心判断上述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足 移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 上述远端控制中心触发上述无线接入设备从 当前位置移动到目标位置。  S1102: When the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location.
其中, 上述无线接入设备移动到上述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路 的质量满足上述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 上述第二组无线接入 链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 上述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在 目标位置到上述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。  When the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the second set of wireless access links includes R and second a wireless access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
本歩骤的详细描述可以参见 S802, 不同的是, S802的执行主体是无线接 入设备, 本歩骤是远端控制中心, 但其实现的功能相同, 在此不再赘述。 本发明实施例, 通过远端控制中心检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否 满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 若远端控制中心判断第一组无线接入链 路的质量不满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 远端控制中心出发无线接入 设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 以使移动后的第二组无线接入链路满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求, 即通过无线接入设备的移动提高无线接入链路 的质量, 以满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求。 For details, refer to the S802. The difference is that the S802 is the wireless access device. The remote control center is the same as the remote control center. The functions are the same and will not be described here. In the embodiment of the present invention, the remote control center determines whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, and if the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not satisfy the mobile The communication quality requirement of the terminal set, the remote control center starts to move the wireless access device from the current location to the target location, so that the second set of wireless access links after the mobile meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, that is, through the wireless connection The movement of the incoming device improves the quality of the wireless access link to meet the communication quality requirements of the set of mobile terminals.
图 12为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例一的结构示意图, 如图 12所 示, 本实施例的装置, 包括通讯模块、 移动控制模块、 机械移动模块、 定 位模块、 存储模块、 操作系统 (Operating System, 以下简称: OS ) 模块、 电池模块、 传感器模块和处理器模块, 图 12所示实施例的结构是一个较 优的结构, 其中, 通讯模块、 移动控制模块、 机械移动模块是本发明的无 线接入设备必须具备的模块之外, 其他模块均为可选的模块。  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the device in this embodiment includes a communication module, a mobile control module, a mechanical mobility module, a positioning module, a storage module, and an operating system. Operating System, hereinafter referred to as: OS) module, battery module, sensor module and processor module, the structure of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 is a superior structure, wherein the communication module, the mobile control module, and the mechanical movement module are the present invention In addition to the modules that the wireless access device must have, the other modules are optional modules.
下面详细介绍图 12所示实施例中的各模块的功能:  The functions of the modules in the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 are described in detail below:
通讯模块, 提供无线蜂窝、 WLAN等无线通信方式, 其包括无线通信管 理单元、 无线蜂窝单元、 WLAN通信单元和其他通信单元, 其中, 无线通信 管理单元, 对接入无线接入设备的移动终端进行管理 (接入管理) , 对将该 无线接入设备的流量转发到互联网的回程链路进行管理 (回程管理) 。 其中 接入管理是无线通信方式, 回程管理可以是无线, 也可以是有线方式 (如果 是有线方式, 则不需要有过多的管理功能) 。 无线蜂窝单元提供无线蜂窝的 通信方式、 WLAN通信单元提供 WLAN通信方式、 其他通信单元提供其他通 信方式。  The communication module provides a wireless communication method such as a wireless cellular, WLAN, and the like, and includes a wireless communication management unit, a wireless cellular unit, a WLAN communication unit, and other communication units, wherein the wireless communication management unit performs the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device. Management (Access Management), which manages the backhaul link that forwards the traffic of the wireless access device to the Internet (backhaul management). The access management is a wireless communication method, and the backhaul management can be wireless or wired (if it is wired, there is no need for excessive management functions). The wireless cellular unit provides communication mode for the wireless cellular, the WLAN communication unit provides WLAN communication, and other communication units provide other communication methods.
定位模块: 包括 GPS定位单元和位置管理单元, 其中, GPS定位单元用于 无线接入设备获取自身的位置信息; 位置管理单元, 用于获取并管理接入本 无线接入设备的移动终端的位置信息; 定位模块的信息, 可以辅助移动控制 模块和机械移动模块做控制判断和路径规划等。  The positioning module includes: a GPS positioning unit and a location management unit, wherein the GPS positioning unit is configured to acquire the location information of the wireless access device; and the location management unit is configured to acquire and manage the location of the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device. Information; The information of the positioning module can assist the mobile control module and the mechanical movement module to make control judgments and path planning.
OS模块, 即操作系统模块, 用于管理无线接入设备的硬件和软件资源, 如管理与配置内存、 存储器、 决定系统资源供需的优先次序、 控制输入与输 出设备、 操作网络与管理文件系统等基本事务。 操作系统也提供一个让用户 与系统交互的操作界面。 操作系统的型态非常多样, 不同设备安装的操作系 统可从简单到复杂, 可从手机的嵌入式系统到超级电脑的大型操作系统。 许 多操作系统制造者对它涵盖范畴的定义也不尽一致, 例如有些操作系统集成 了图形用户界面(Graphical User Interface, 以下简称: GUI) , 而有些仅使用 命令行界面 (command-line interface, 以下简称: CLI ) , 而将 GUI视为一种 非必要的应用程序。 An OS module, an operating system module, that manages hardware and software resources of a wireless access device, such as managing and configuring memory, memory, prioritizing system resource supply and demand, controlling input and output devices, operating network, and managing file systems, etc. Basic affairs. The operating system also provides an operator interface that allows the user to interact with the system. The types of operating systems are very diverse, and the operating systems installed on different devices can range from simple to complex, ranging from mobile embedded systems to large operating systems for supercomputers. Xu Many operating system manufacturers do not agree on the scope of its coverage. For example, some operating systems integrate a graphical user interface (GUI), while others use only a command-line interface (command-line interface, below). Abbreviation: CLI), and the GUI is considered a non-essential application.
电池模块, 为无线接入设备的其他各模块提供电力。  A battery module that provides power to other modules of the wireless access device.
处理器模块, 用于处理指令、 执行操作、 控制时间及处理数据。 中央处 理器(Central Processing Unit, 以下简称: CPU)处理器从存储器或高速缓冲 存储器中取出指令, 放入指令寄存器, 并对指令译码。 它把指令分解成一系 列的微操作, 然后发出各种控制命令, 执行微操作系列, 从而完成一条指令 的执行。 指令是执行操作的类型和操作数的基本命令。 指令是由一个字节或 者多个字节组成, 其中包括操作码字段、 一个或多个有关操作数地址的字段 以及一些表征机器状态的状态字以及特征码。 有的指令中也直接包含操作数 本身。  A processor module that processes instructions, performs operations, controls time, and processes data. The Central Processing Unit (CPU) processor fetches instructions from the memory or cache, places them in the instruction registers, and decodes the instructions. It breaks up the instructions into a series of micro-ops, then issues various control commands to execute the micro-operation series to complete the execution of an instruction. An instruction is a basic command that performs the type and operation of an operation. An instruction consists of one byte or multiple bytes, including an opcode field, one or more fields related to the operand address, and some status words and signatures that characterize the state of the machine. Some instructions also directly contain the operand itself.
存储模块, 用来保存数据, 并能够按照操作请求提供相应数据的部件、 设备和计算机系统。 本质上, 存储系统使得信息在时间上得以延续, 而不会 消逝, 而无线接入设备的存储系统使得数字化信息得以保持在介质之中, 在 需要的时候能够提供及时的存取。  A storage module, a component, device, and computer system that holds data and provides the appropriate data as required by the operation. Essentially, the storage system allows information to continue over time without fading, and the wireless access device's storage system allows digital information to be maintained in the medium, providing timely access when needed.
移动控制模块, 包括无线链路监控单元, 用来分析接入用户和 /或回程通 信链路 /网络的状态, 结合预设的阈值参数, 判断是否触发机械移动模块进行 位置调整, 以更好的满足用户需求。 无线链路监控单元最终会生成一个初歩 的控制命令, 传输给机械移动模块, 触发机械移动模块的工作过程。 还包括 路径规划单元和运动控制单元, 路径规划单元 (规划出单点, 当前位置到目 标位置的两点距离也是路径。 并不一定是一个线路) 和运动控制单元是无线 接入设备的指挥中枢, 负责对作业指令、 内外环境信息进行处理, 并依据预 定的本体模型、 环境模型和控制程序做出决策, 产生相应的控制信号, 通过 驱动系统单元驱动执行器单元的各个组件, 按确定的顺序、 轨迹、 速度和加 速度运动, 完成指定的任务。 对无线接入控制系统的一般要求是实现对无线 接入设备位置、 速度、 加速度等的控制功能, 对于连续轨迹运动的无线接入 设备还必须具有轨迹的规划与控制功能 。这两个单元接受无线链路监控单元 发出的控制指令, 在路径规划单元中, 包含规划下一个目标移动点的规划方 式。 路径规划的目标是根据对移动终端和无线接入设备之间的无线接入链路 参数和移动终端集合的通信质量需求、 结合周围的环境信息为无线接入设备 寻找一条无碰撞、 最快改善无线接入通信质量的路径, 其主要内容包括: 目 标定位, 运动建模, 环境建模和路径搜索。 The mobile control module, including the wireless link monitoring unit, is configured to analyze the state of the access user and/or the backhaul communication link/network, and combines preset threshold parameters to determine whether to trigger the mechanical movement module to perform position adjustment, so as to better Meet user needs. The wireless link monitoring unit will eventually generate a preliminary control command that is transmitted to the mechanical movement module to trigger the working process of the mechanical movement module. It also includes a path planning unit and a motion control unit, a path planning unit (planning a single point, the two-point distance from the current position to the target position is also a path. Not necessarily a line) and the motion control unit is the command center of the wireless access device Responsible for processing the operation instructions, internal and external environmental information, and making decisions according to the predetermined ontology model, environment model and control program, generating corresponding control signals, driving the components of the actuator unit by the drive system unit, in a determined order , trajectory, velocity, and acceleration motion, complete the specified task. The general requirement for the wireless access control system is to implement the control functions for the position, speed, acceleration, etc. of the wireless access device. The wireless access device for continuous trajectory motion must also have the trajectory planning and control functions. The two units accept the control commands issued by the radio link monitoring unit, and in the path planning unit, the plan party that plans the next target moving point Style. The goal of the path planning is to find a collision-free, fastest improvement for the wireless access device according to the wireless access link parameters between the mobile terminal and the wireless access device and the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, and the surrounding environmental information. The path of wireless access communication quality, its main contents include: target positioning, motion modeling, environment modeling and path search.
机械移动模块, 是接入点实现自由移动功能的主要部件。包括驱动系统、 执行器单元和伺服反馈系统。 执行器单元可以是移动车、 飞行器、 具有强吸 附能力的爬墙装置等。 执行器单元是无线接入设备的机械移动模块的主体部 分, 可由连杆、 活动关节及其他构件构成, 用来执行任务。 通常, 其动作有 无线接入设备控制器(运动控制 +驱动系统)直接控制。 执行单元接收驱动系 统的驱动, 常见的驱动装置有伺服电机、 歩进电机、 气缸及液压缸等, 还有 一些新型驱动器。 它们由运动控制模块的控制器控制。 伺服反馈单元, 对于 无线接入设备移动到目标位置之后的结果会做一个评估反馈,以指导后续运 动路径规划单元做下一歩的路径规划和运动控制单元进行运动控制。  The mechanical movement module is the main component of the access point to achieve free movement. Includes drive system, actuator unit and servo feedback system. The actuator unit may be a moving vehicle, an aircraft, a wall climbing device having a strong suction capability, or the like. The actuator unit is the main body of the mechanical movement module of the wireless access device and can be constructed of links, movable joints and other components for performing tasks. Usually, its action is directly controlled by the wireless access device controller (motion control + drive system). The actuator receives the drive of the drive system. Common drive units include servo motors, split motors, cylinders and hydraulic cylinders, as well as new drives. They are controlled by the controller of the motion control module. The servo feedback unit performs an evaluation feedback on the result of the wireless access device moving to the target position to guide the subsequent motion path planning unit to perform the next path planning and motion control unit for motion control.
传感器模块, 具有对外部环境的检测和感觉功能。可以包含温度传感器、 摄像头、 障碍物感知 (3D传感器)等多种类型的传感器来实现本单元所具有的 功能。  The sensor module has a detection and sensing function for the external environment. It can include various types of sensors such as temperature sensor, camera, and obstacle sensing (3D sensor) to achieve the functions of this unit.
图 13为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例二的结构示意图, 如图 13所示, 图 13与图 12所示实施例不同的是, 图 13所示实施例的移动控制模块在远端控 制中心, 无线接入设备通过将无线链路信息上报给远端控制中心, 使远端控 制中心进行路径规划,远端控制中心向无线接入设备发送位置移动控制指令, 图 13中各模块的功能与图 12所示相同, 在此不再赘述。  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is different from the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, and the mobile control module of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 is remotely controlled. The remote access control center performs path planning by transmitting the wireless link information to the remote control center, and the remote control center sends a location movement control command to the wireless access device, and the functions of each module in FIG. The same as that shown in FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again.
图 14为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例三的结构示意图,所述无线接入 服务设备为无线接入设备, 如图 14所示, 本实施例的无线接入设备包括第一 检测模块 1401、第一控制模块 1402、第二检测模块 1403、第二控制模块 1404, 其中, 第一检测模块 1401和第二检测模块 1403可以为同一个检测模块, 第 一控制模块 1402和第二控制模块 1404可以为同一控制模块, 第一检测模块 1401用于检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需 求, 所述第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置与所述移动终端之间 的无线接入链路;第一控制模块 1402用于当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一 无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述 无线接入设备开始移动;第二检测模块 1403用于所述无线接入设备在移动过 程中, 检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量 需求, 所述第二无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在移动后的位置与所述移 动终端之间的无线接入链路;第二控制模块 1404用于当所述第二无线接入链 路的质量满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线接入设备 停止移动; 当所述第二无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信 质量需求时, 控制所述无线接入设备继续移动。 FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. The wireless access service device is a wireless access device. As shown in FIG. 14, the wireless access device in this embodiment includes a first detection module 1401. The first control module 1401, the second detection module 1403, and the second control module 1404, wherein the first detection module 1401 and the second detection module 1403 can be the same detection module, the first control module 1402 and the second control module 1404. The first control module 1401 is configured to detect whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, where the first wireless access link is the wireless access device at the current location. a wireless access link with the mobile terminal; the first control module 1402 is configured to: when the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not satisfy the communication quality of the single mobile terminal When required, control the The wireless access device starts to move; the second detecting module 1403 is configured to detect, during the moving process, whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, The second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the mobile access device and the mobile terminal, and the second control module 1404 is configured to be used by the second wireless access link. Controlling the wireless access device to stop moving when the quality meets the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal; when the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, the control station The wireless access device continues to move.
在上述实施例中,所述第二检测模块 1403具体用于所述无线接入设备在 移动过程中, 设置周期性检测定时器, 当定时器到期时, 启动检测第二无线 接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求。  In the above embodiment, the second detecting module 1403 is specifically configured to: when the wireless access device moves, set a periodic detection timer, and when the timer expires, start detecting the second wireless access link. Whether the quality meets the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.
在上述实施例中,所述第一控制模块 1402具体用于当所述第一检测模块 判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求 时,所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 所述无线接入设备沿所述第一目标方向开始移动。  In the above embodiment, the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to: when the first detecting module determines that the quality of the first radio access link does not meet the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal, The wireless access device determines a first target direction according to the parameter of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device starts to move along the first target direction.
在上述实施例中,所述第一控制模块 1402具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设 备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方 向为第一目标方向。  In the foregoing embodiment, the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to control, by the wireless access device, the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameter of the first wireless access link. The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a first target direction.
在上述实施例中,所述第一控制模块 1402具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束的方向确定第一目标 方向。  In the foregoing embodiment, the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine a first target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
在上述实施例中,所述第一控制模块 1402具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角 确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所 述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第一目标方向。  In the foregoing embodiment, the first control module 1402 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the mobile according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device. a direction of the terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a first target direction.
在上述实施例中,所述第二控制模块 1404具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向; 所述无线接入设备 沿所述第二目标方向移动;  In the above embodiment, the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine a second target direction according to parameters of the second wireless access link; Moving in the second target direction;
在上述实施例中,所述第二控制模块 1404具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设 备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方 向为第二目标方向。 In the above embodiment, the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to acquire the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameter of the second wireless access link. The wireless access device determines that the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device is a second target direction.
在上述实施例中,所述第二控制模块 1404具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束的方向确定所述第二 目标方向。  In the above embodiment, the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the second target direction according to a direction in which the mobile terminal accesses an antenna beam of the wireless access device.
在上述实施例中,所述第二控制模块 1404具体用于控制所述无线接入设 备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角 确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所 述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第二目标方向。  In the foregoing embodiment, the second control module 1404 is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the mobile according to an angle of arrival of two antennas in the antenna array of the mobile terminal to the wireless access device. a direction of the terminal relative to the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines a direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as a second target direction.
在上述实施例中,所述第二控制模块 1404还用于所述第二检测模块判断 最近的 N次检测所述第二无线接入链路的质量结果中, 后一次检测结果比前 一次检测结果差的次数是否大于等于阈值, 若是, 所述无线接入设备根据所 述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向; 若否, 所述无线接入设备沿 着所述第一目标方向继续移动。  In the above embodiment, the second control module 1404 is further configured by the second detecting module to determine the quality result of detecting the second wireless access link by the last N times, and the last detection result is more than the previous detection. Whether the number of times of the difference is greater than or equal to the threshold, if yes, the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameter of the second wireless access link; if not, the wireless access device along the first The target direction continues to move.
在上述实施例中,所述第一控制模块 1402还用于控制所述无线接入设备 采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信 息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终 端所处的环境; 所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所 处的环境调整所述第一目标方向。  In the foregoing embodiment, the first control module 1402 is further configured to control, by the wireless access device, a sensor to sense obstacle information in an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, according to the The sensor-aware obstacle information constructs an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located; the wireless access device adjusts the first according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located Target direction.
在上述实施例中,所述第二控制模块 1404还用于控制所述无线接入设备 采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信 息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终 端所处的环境; 所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所 处的环境调整所述第二目标方向。  In the foregoing embodiment, the second control module 1404 is further configured to control, by the wireless access device, a sensor to sense obstacle information in an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, according to the The sensor-aware obstacle information constructs an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located; the wireless access device adjusts the second according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located Target direction.
本实施例的装置对应的可执行图 3所示方法实施例的技术方案, 其实现 原理和技术效果类似, 在此不再赘述。  The device in this embodiment is similar to the technical solution in the embodiment of the method shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 15为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例四的结构示意图,所述无线接入 服务设备为无线接入设备,所述无线接入设备包括检测模块 1501和控制模块 1502, 其中, 检测模块 1501用于检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接 入链路, 所述第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端 中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所 述无线接入设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, 1 < R≤ ; 控制 模块 1502 用于当所述检测模块判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足 移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位 置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路的质量 满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线接入链路包 括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在目标位 置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。 15 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. The wireless access service device is a wireless access device, and the wireless access device includes a detection module 1501 and a control module 1502, where the detection module 1501 A method for detecting whether a quality of the first group of radio access links meets a communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio connections In the inbound link, the first radio access link is a radio access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the radio access device, where the R mobile terminals are R mobile terminals of the M mobile terminals accessing the wireless access device, M≥l, 1 <R≤; the control module 1502 is configured to: when the detecting module determines the first group of wireless access links The quality does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, and the quality of the second set of wireless access links when the wireless access device moves to the target location Satisfying the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, where the second set of radio access links includes R second radio access links, and the second radio access link is a radio access device at a target Location to a wireless access link between any of the R mobile terminals.
在上述实施例中, 还包括: 路径规划模块, 用于所述控制模块触发所述 无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置之前, 根据所述 R条第一无线接入 链路的参数确定所述目标位置。  In the foregoing embodiment, the method further includes: a path planning module, configured to determine, according to parameters of the R first wireless access links, before the control module triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location The target location.
在上述实施例中, 所述路径规划模块具体用于根据所述 R条第一无线接 入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的位置信 息; 根据所述 R个移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的位置信息确定所述目标 位置。  In the foregoing embodiment, the path planning module is specifically configured to acquire, according to the parameters of the R first radio access links, location information of the R mobile terminals respectively relative to the wireless access device; The R mobile terminals determine the target location with respect to location information of the wireless access device.
在上述实施例中, 所述路径规划模块具体用于根据所述 R个移动终端分 别接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束的方向确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对 所述无线接入设备的方向; 根据到达时间 TOA确定所述 R个移动终端分别 相对所述无线接入设备的距离; 根据所述方向和距离确定所述 R个移动终端 分别相对无线接入设备的位置信息。  In the foregoing embodiment, the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to a direction in which the R mobile terminals access the antenna beams of the wireless access device, respectively, that the R mobile terminals are respectively opposite to the wireless access device. And determining a distance of the R mobile terminals from the wireless access device according to the arrival time TOA; determining location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the direction and the distance.
在上述实施例中, 所述路径规划模块具体用于根据所述 R个移动终端分 别到所述天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所 述无线接入设备的方向与距离。  In the foregoing embodiment, the path planning module is specifically configured to determine, according to the arrival angles of the two antennas of the R mobile terminals to the antennas in the antenna array, the R mobile terminals are respectively opposite to the wireless access device. Direction and distance.
在上述实施例中, 所述控制模块具体用于判断最近的前 N次检测所述第 一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求,其中, 所述 N为大于等于 1的整数; 当所述最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入 链路的质量不满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则控制所述无线接 入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置。  In the above embodiment, the control module is specifically configured to determine whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set in the last N times, wherein the N is An integer greater than or equal to 1; when the most recent first N times detecting that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not satisfy the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, controlling the wireless access device from the current The position moves to the target position.
在上述实施例中, 所述路径规划模块, 还用于根据所述 R条第一无线接 入链路的参数确定所述目标位置之后, 根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移 动终端所处的环境调整所述目标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置; In the above embodiment, the path planning module is further configured to use the first wireless connection according to the R strips. After determining the target location of the inbound link, adjusting the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain an adjusted target location;
所述控制模块具体用于触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到调整后 的目标位置。  The control module is specifically configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from a current location to an adjusted target location.
在上述实施例中, 所述路径规划模块, 还用于根据所述无线接入设备和 所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整所述目标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置之 前, 采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境中的 障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线接入设备和所 述 R个移动终端所处的环境。  In the above embodiment, the path planning module is further configured to: adjust the target location according to an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and use sensor sensing before obtaining the adjusted target location. Obstructing information in the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, constructing an environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located according to the obstacle information perceived by the sensor .
在上述实施例中, 所述路径规划模块还用于触发所述无线接入设备从当 前位置移动到目标位置之后, 接收所述无线接入设备反馈的第二组无线接入 链路的质量与所述第一组无线接入链路的质量的比较结果; 根据所述比较结 果以及第二无线接入链路的参数, 确定下一次移动的目标位置。  In the foregoing embodiment, the path planning module is further configured to: after triggering the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location, receive the quality of the second set of wireless access links fed back by the wireless access device a comparison result of quality of the first group of radio access links; determining a target location of the next move according to the comparison result and parameters of the second radio access link.
在上述实施例中, 所述控制模块, 还用于所述路径规划模块根据所述 R 条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置之后, 在本地模拟验证所述无 线接入设备移动到所述目标位置后, 所述第二组无线接入链路是否满足所述 移动终端集合的通信质量需求; 所述控制模块具体用于当确定本地模拟结果 为所述第二组无线接入链路满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则触 发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置。  In the foregoing embodiment, the control module is further configured to: after the path planning module determines the target location according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links, verify the wireless access device locally Whether the second group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals after moving to the target location; the control module is specifically configured to determine that the local simulation result is the second group of radio connections When the inbound link meets the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals, the wireless access device is triggered to move from the current location to the target location.
本实施例的装置可对应的执行图 8所示方法实施例的技术方案, 其实现 原理和技术效果类似, 在此不再赘述。  The device in this embodiment can perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 correspondingly, and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 16为本发明无线接入服务设备实施例五的结构示意图,所述无线接入 服务设备为远端控制中心,本实施例的远端控制中心包括检测模块 1601和控 制模块 1602, 其中, 检测模块 1601用于检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是 否满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第 一无线接入链路, 所述第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个 移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端 为接入所述无线接入设备的 M 个移动终端中的 R 个移动终端, M≥l, l≤R≤M . 控制模块 1602用于判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述远端控制中心触发所述无线接入设备从当 前位置移动到目标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组 无线接入链路的质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第 二组无线接入链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无 线接入设备在目标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接 入链路。 FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a wireless access service device according to the present invention. The wireless access service device is a remote control center, and the remote control center in this embodiment includes a detection module 1601 and a control module 1602, where The module 1601 is configured to detect whether the quality of the first group of radio access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the first group of radio access links includes R first radio access links, where the first The wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals of the wireless access device, where the R mobile terminals access the wireless access device The R mobile terminals of the M mobile terminals, M≥l, l≤R≤M. The control module 1602 is configured to determine that the quality of the first group of radio access links does not meet the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set. The remote control center triggers the wireless access device to be When the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second set of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirement of the mobile terminal set, where the second group of wireless The access link includes R second wireless access links, and the second wireless access link is a wireless connection between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals. Into the link.
本实施例的装置可对应的执行图 9所示方法实施例的技术方案, 其实现 原理和技术效果类似, 在此不再赘述。  The device in this embodiment can perform the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 correspondingly, and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分 歩骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。 前述的程序可以存储于一计算 机可读取存储介质中。 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述各方法实施例的歩 骤; 而前述的存储介质包括: ROM、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存 储程序代码的介质。  One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that all or a portion of the steps of implementing the various method embodiments described above can be accomplished by hardware associated with the program instructions. The aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The program, when executed, performs the steps including the above-described method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。  Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种无线接入服务方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A wireless access service method, characterized by including:
无线接入设备检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通 信质量需求, 所述第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置与所述 移动终端之间的无线接入链路; The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal. The first wireless access link is between the current location of the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. wireless access link;
当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个 移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备开始移动; When the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device starts to move;
所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 所述无线接入设备检测第二无线接入 链路的质量是否满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 所述第二无线接入 链路为所述无线接入设备在移动后的位置与所述移动终端之间的无线接入链 路; During the movement of the wireless access device, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, and the second wireless access link is the The wireless access link between the moved position of the wireless access device and the mobile terminal;
当所述第二无线接入链路的质量满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求 时, 所述无线接入设备停止移动; When the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device stops moving;
当所述第二无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需 求时, 所述无线接入设备继续移动。 When the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device continues to move.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述单个移动终端的通信 质量需求为所述移动终端的接收信号强度指示 RSSI不低于 RSSI阈值; 或 者, 所述移动终端的接入速率不低于接入速率阈值; 或者, 所述移动终端 的接入带宽不低于接入带宽阈值。 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indicator RSSI of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold; or, the access of the mobile terminal The rate is not lower than the access rate threshold; or, the access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述单个移动终端的通 信质量需求为所述移动终端的接收信号强度指示 RSSI不低于 RSSI阈值, 包括: 3. The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the communication quality requirement of the single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indication RSSI of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold, including:
所述移动终端的当前业务类型下的 RSSI不低于所述当前业务类型所 需求的 RSSI阈值; The RSSI under the current service type of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold required by the current service type;
所述移动终端的接入速率不低于接入速率阈值, 包括: The access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold, including:
所述移动终端的当前业务类型下的接入速率不低于所述当前业务类 型所需求的接入速率阈值; The access rate of the mobile terminal under the current service type is not lower than the access rate threshold required by the current service type;
所述移动终端的接入带宽不低于接入带宽阈值, 包括: The access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold, including:
所述移动终端的当前业务类型下的接入带宽不低于所述当前业务类 型所需求的接入带宽阈值。 The access bandwidth of the mobile terminal under the current service type is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold required by the current service type.
4、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备在移动 过程中, 所述无线接入设备检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足所述单个 移动终端的通信质量需求, 包括: 4. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, during the movement of the wireless access device, the wireless access device detects whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the requirements of the single mobile terminal. Communication quality requirements, including:
所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 所述无线接入设备设置周期性检测定 时器, 当定时器到期时, 启动检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移 动终端的通信质量需求。 During the movement of the wireless access device, the wireless access device sets a periodic detection timer. When the timer expires, it starts to detect whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality of a single mobile terminal. need.
5、根据权利要求 1~4任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述当所述无线 接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信 质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备开始移动, 包括: 5. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, when the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the communication requirements of the single mobile terminal, When quality requirements are met, the wireless access device starts to move, including:
当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所述单个 移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路 的参数确定第一目标方向,所述无线接入设备沿所述第一目标方向开始移动。 When the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device determines according to the parameters of the first wireless access link A first target direction is determined, and the wireless access device starts moving along the first target direction.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据所 述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 包括: 6. The method according to claim 5, wherein the wireless access device determines the first target direction according to parameters of the first wireless access link, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动终端 相对所述无线接入设备的方向; The wireless access device obtains the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the first wireless access link;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 一目标方向。 The wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the first target direction.
7、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据所 述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 包括: 7. The method according to claim 5, wherein the wireless access device determines the first target direction according to parameters of the first wireless access link, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束 的方向确定第一目标方向。 The wireless access device determines the first target direction according to the direction of the antenna beam of the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device.
8、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据所 述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 包括: 8. The method according to claim 5, wherein the wireless access device determines the first target direction according to parameters of the first wireless access link, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵列中 的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; The wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device based on the angle of arrival of the mobile terminal to two antennas in the antenna array of the wireless access device;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 一目标方向。 The wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the first target direction.
9、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当第二无线接入链路的质 量不满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备继续移动, 包 括: 9. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, when the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal, the wireless access device continues to move, including Includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方 向; The wireless access device determines a second target direction according to parameters of the second wireless access link;
所述无线接入设备沿所述第二目标方向移动。 The wireless access device moves along the second target direction.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向, 包括: 10. The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动终端 相对所述无线接入设备的方向; The wireless access device obtains the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the second wireless access link;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 二目标方向。 The wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the second target direction.
11、 根据权利要求 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向, 包括: 11. The method according to claim 9, wherein the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束 的方向确定所述第二目标方向。 The wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the direction of the antenna beam of the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device.
12、 根据权利要求 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向, 包括: 12. The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵列中 的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; The wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device based on the angle of arrival of the mobile terminal to two antennas in the antenna array of the wireless access device;
所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第 二目标方向。 The wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the second target direction.
13、 根据权利要求 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向之前, 还包括: 13. The method according to claim 9, characterized in that, before the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link, it further includes:
所述无线接入设备判断最近的 N次检测所述第二无线接入链路的质量结 果中, 后一次检测结果比前一次检测结果差的次数是否大于等于阈值, 若是, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向; 若 否, 所述无线接入设备沿着所述第一目标方向继续移动。 The wireless access device determines whether among the most recent N quality results of testing the second wireless access link, the number of times the last detection result is worse than the previous detection result is greater than or equal to a threshold. If so, the wireless access device The device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link; if not, the wireless access device continues to move along the first target direction.
14、 根据权利要求 5~8任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入 设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数确定第一目标方向之后, 所述无线接 入设备沿所述第一目标方向开始移动之前, 还包括: 14. The method according to any one of claims 5 to 8, characterized in that, after the wireless access device determines the first target direction according to the parameters of the first wireless access link, the wireless access device Before the device starts moving in the first target direction, it also includes:
所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所 处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线 接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; The wireless access device uses sensors to sense the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. Obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located are constructed according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor;
所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调 整所述第一目标方向。 The wireless access device adjusts the first target direction according to the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
15、 根据权利要求 9~13任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入 设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向之后, 所述无线接 入设备沿所述第二目标方向移动之前, 还包括: 15. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, characterized in that, after the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link, the wireless access device Before the device moves along the second target direction, it also includes:
所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所 处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述无线 接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; The wireless access device uses a sensor to sense obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located, and constructs the wireless access device and the mobile terminal based on the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. The environment in which the terminal is located;
所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调 整所述第二目标方向。 The wireless access device adjusts the second target direction according to the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located.
16、 一种无线接入服务方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 16. A wireless access service method, characterized by including:
无线接入设备检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合的 通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所述 第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一 移动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线接 入设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ; The wireless access device detects whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set. The first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links, and the first group The wireless access link is a wireless access link between the current location of the wireless access device and any one of the R mobile terminals, where the R mobile terminals are for accessing the wireless access link. R mobile terminals among the M mobile terminals entering the device, M≥l, \ < R≤M;
当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终 端集合的通信质量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 所 述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路的质量满足所 述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线接入链路包括 R条 第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在目标位置到所 述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。 When the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, and the wireless access device When moving to the target location, the quality of the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, wherein the second group of wireless access links includes R second wireless access links. The second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the wireless access device at the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述移动终端集合的通 信质量需求为所述 R个移动终端中预定数量或者全部数量的终端中的每个终 端满足单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述单个移动终端的通信质量 需求为所述移动终端的接收信号强度指示 RSSI不低于 RSSI阈值、 或者, 所述移动终端的接入速率不低于接入速率阈值, 或者, 所述移动终端的接 入带宽不低于接入带宽阈值。 17. The method according to claim 16, wherein the communication quality requirement of the set of mobile terminals is that each terminal of a predetermined number or all of the R mobile terminals satisfies the communication of a single mobile terminal. Quality requirements, wherein the communication quality requirement of a single mobile terminal is that the received signal strength indicator RSSI of the mobile terminal is not lower than the RSSI threshold, or the access rate of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access rate threshold, or , the access bandwidth of the mobile terminal is not lower than the access bandwidth threshold.
18、 根据权利要求 16或 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设 备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 之前, 还包括: 18. The method according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that, before the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, it also includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标 位置。 The wireless access device determines the target location based on parameters of the R first wireless access links.
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置, 包括: 19. The method according to claim 18, wherein the wireless access device determines the target location based on parameters of the R first wireless access links, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个 移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的位置信息; The wireless access device obtains the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links;
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R个移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的位置 信息确定所述目标位置。 The wireless access device determines the target location based on the position information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线 接入设备的位置信息, 包括: 20. The method according to claim 19, characterized in that, the wireless access device obtains the parameters of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links. location information, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R个移动终端分别接入所述无线接入设备的 天线波束的方向确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备根据到达时间 TOA确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对 所述无线接入设备的距离; The wireless access device determines the directions of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the directions of the antenna beams of the R mobile terminals respectively accessing the wireless access device; the wireless access device The device determines the distances of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the arrival time TOA;
所述无线接入设备根据所述方向和距离确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对 无线接入设备的位置信息。 The wireless access device determines the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device based on the direction and distance.
21、 根据权利要求 19所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线 接入设备的位置信息, 包括: 21. The method according to claim 19, characterized in that, the wireless access device obtains the parameters of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links. location information, including:
所述无线接入设备根据所述 R个移动终端分别到所述天线阵列中的两个 天线的到达角确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向与距 离。 The wireless access device determines the directions and distances of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device based on the angles of arrival of the R mobile terminals to two antennas in the antenna array.
22、 根据权利要求 16~21任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述无线 接入设备判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集合的通信质 量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 包括: 22. The method according to any one of claims 16 to 21, characterized in that, when the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, The wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
所述无线接入设备判断最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质 量是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述 N为大于等于 1 的整数; The wireless access device determines whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links tested for the most recent N times meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, where N is greater than or equal to 1 an integer;
当所述最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足所述移 动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则所述无线接入设备触发所述无线接入设备 从当前位置移动到目标位置。 When the quality of the first group of wireless access links detected in the most recent N times does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device triggers the wireless access device to start from the current The position moves to the target position.
23、 根据权利要求 18~22任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置之后, 还包 括: 23. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 22, characterized in that, after the wireless access device determines the target location according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links, it further includes:
所述无线接入设备根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环 境调整所述目标位置, 得到调整后的目标位置; The wireless access device adjusts the target position according to the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and obtains the adjusted target position;
所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 包括: The wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, including:
所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到调整后的目标位置。 The wireless access device moves from the current location to the adjusted target location.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入设备根据 所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整所述目标位置, 得到 调整后的目标位置之前, 还包括: 24. The method according to claim 23, characterized in that, the wireless access device adjusts the target position according to the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and obtains the adjusted target. Before position, also includes:
所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终 端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息构造所述 无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境。 The wireless access device uses a sensor to sense obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and constructs the wireless access device and the wireless access device according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. Describe the environment in which R mobile terminals are located.
25、 根据权利要求 16~22任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接 入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置之后, 还包括: 25. The method according to any one of claims 16 to 22, characterized in that, after the wireless access device moves from the current position to the target position, it further includes:
所述无线接入设备接收所述无线接入设备反馈的第二组无线接入链路的 质量与所述第一组无线接入链路的质量的比较结果; The wireless access device receives a comparison result of the quality of the second group of wireless access links and the quality of the first group of wireless access links fed back by the wireless access device;
所述无线接入设备根据所述比较结果以及第二无线接入链路的参数, 确 定下一次移动的目标位置。 The wireless access device determines the target location of the next move based on the comparison result and the parameters of the second wireless access link.
26、 根据权利要求 18~22任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线接 入设备根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置之后, 还包 括: 26. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 22, characterized in that, after the wireless access device determines the target location according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links, it further includes:
所述无线接入设备在本地模拟验证所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位 置后,所述第二组无线接入链路是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求; 所述当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移 动终端集合的通信质量需求,所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置, 包括: The wireless access device performs a local simulation to verify whether the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set after the wireless access device moves to the target location; The wireless access device determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, and the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, include:
当所述无线接入设备确定本地模拟结果为所述第二组无线接入链路满足 所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动 到目标位置。 When the wireless access device determines that the local simulation result is that the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location.
27、 一种无线接入服务方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 27. A wireless access service method, characterized by including:
远端控制中心检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合的 通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所述 第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移动 终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线接入设 备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ; The remote control center detects whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set. The first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links, and the first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links. The wireless access link is a wireless access link between the wireless access device at the current location and any one of the R mobile terminals, where the R mobile terminals are accessed by the wireless access device. R mobile terminals among the M mobile terminals, M≥l, \ < R≤M;
当所述远端控制中心判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终 端集合的通信质量需求, 所述远端控制中心触发所述无线接入设备从当前位 置移动到目标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线 接入链路的质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组 无线接入链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接 入设备在目标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链 路。 When the remote control center determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location. , when the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, wherein the second group of wireless access links includes R and a second wireless access link, where the second wireless access link is a wireless access link between the wireless access device at the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
28、 一种无线接入服务设备, 其特征在于, 所述无线接入服务设备为无 线接入设备, 包括: 28. A wireless access service device, characterized in that the wireless access service device is a wireless access device, including:
第一检测模块, 用于检测第一无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终 端的通信质量需求, 所述第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置 与所述移动终端之间的无线接入链路; The first detection module is used to detect whether the quality of the first wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal. The first wireless access link is the connection between the wireless access device and the mobile terminal at the current location. Wireless access links between terminals;
第一控制模块, 用于当所述无线接入设备判断所述第一无线接入链路的 质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线接入设备开 始移动; A first control module configured to control the wireless access device to start moving when the wireless access device determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal;
第二检测模块, 用于所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 检测第二无线接 入链路的质量是否满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求, 所述第二无线接 入链路为所述无线接入设备在移动后的位置与所述移动终端之间的无线接入 链路; The second detection module is used to detect whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal during the movement of the wireless access device, and the second wireless access link is A wireless access link between the moved position of the wireless access device and the mobile terminal;
第二控制模块, 用于当所述第二无线接入链路的质量满足所述单个移动 终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线接入设备停止移动; 当所述第二无线 接入链路的质量不满足所述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 控制所述无线 接入设备继续移动。 A second control module, configured to control the single mobile phone when the quality of the second wireless access link meets the When the communication quality requirements of the terminal are met, the wireless access device is controlled to stop moving; when the quality of the second wireless access link does not meet the communication quality requirements of the single mobile terminal, the wireless access device is controlled to continue move.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二检测模块具体 用于所述无线接入设备在移动过程中, 设置周期性检测定时器, 当定时器到 期时, 启动检测第二无线接入链路的质量是否满足单个移动终端的通信质量 需求。 29. The device according to claim 28, characterized in that the second detection module is specifically used to set a periodic detection timer during the movement of the wireless access device, and when the timer expires, start Detect whether the quality of the second wireless access link meets the communication quality requirements of a single mobile terminal.
30、 根据权利要求 28或 29所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一控制模 块具体用于当所述第一检测模块判断所述第一无线接入链路的质量不满足所 述单个移动终端的通信质量需求时, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接 入链路的参数确定第一目标方向, 所述无线接入设备沿所述第一目标方向开 始移动。 30. The device according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that, the first control module is specifically configured to when the first detection module determines that the quality of the first wireless access link does not meet the single When the communication quality of the mobile terminal is required, the wireless access device determines a first target direction according to the parameters of the first wireless access link, and the wireless access device starts moving along the first target direction.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动 终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相 对所述无线接入设备的方向为第一目标方向。 31. The device according to claim 30, wherein the first control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to obtain the relative information of the mobile terminal according to the parameters of the first wireless access link. The direction of the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the first target direction.
32、 根据权利要求 30所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线 波束的方向确定第一目标方向。 32. The device according to claim 30, wherein the first control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the direction of the antenna beam of the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device. The first target direction.
33、 根据权利要求 30所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵 列中的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第一目 标方向。 33. The device according to claim 30, characterized in that, the first control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to two of the antenna arrays of the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal. The angle of arrival of the antenna determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; and the wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the first target direction.
34、 根据权利要求 28所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标 方向; 所述无线接入设备沿所述第二目标方向移动。 34. The device according to claim 28, wherein the second control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the second target direction according to parameters of the second wireless access link; The wireless access device moves along the second target direction.
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数获取所述移动 终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相 对所述无线接入设备的方向为第二目标方向。 35. The device according to claim 34, wherein the second control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to obtain the relative information of the mobile terminal according to the parameters of the second wireless access link. the direction of the wireless access device; the wireless access device determines the phase of the mobile terminal The direction to the wireless access device is the second target direction.
36、 根据权利要求 34所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端接入所述无线接入设备的天线 波束的方向确定所述第二目标方向。 36. The device according to claim 34, wherein the second control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to determine the direction of the antenna beam of the mobile terminal accessing the wireless access device. the second target direction.
37、 根据权利要求 34所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二控制模块具体 用于控制所述无线接入设备根据所述移动终端到所述无线接入设备的天线阵 列中的两个天线的到达角确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向; 所述无线接入设备确定所述移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的方向为第二目 标方向。 37. The device according to claim 34, wherein the second control module is specifically configured to control the wireless access device to two of the antenna arrays of the wireless access device according to the mobile terminal. The angle of arrival of the antenna determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device; and the wireless access device determines the direction of the mobile terminal relative to the wireless access device as the second target direction.
38、 根据权利要求 34所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二控制模块还用 于所述第二检测模块判断最近的 N次检测所述第二无线接入链路的质量结果 中, 后一次检测结果比前一次检测结果差的次数是否大于等于阈值, 若是, 所述无线接入设备根据所述第二无线接入链路的参数确定第二目标方向; 若 否, 所述无线接入设备沿着所述第一目标方向继续移动。 38. The device according to claim 34, wherein the second control module is also used in the second detection module to determine the quality results of the most recent N times of detection of the second wireless access link, Whether the number of times that the last detection result is worse than the previous detection result is greater than or equal to the threshold value. If so, the wireless access device determines the second target direction according to the parameters of the second wireless access link; if not, the wireless access device determines the second target direction. The input device continues to move along the first target direction.
39、 根据权利要求 30~33任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一控 制模块还用于控制所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所 述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息 构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; 所述无线接入设备根据 所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调整所述第一目标方向。 39. The device according to any one of claims 30 to 33, characterized in that the first control module is also used to control the wireless access device to use sensors to sense the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. The obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device is located constructs the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located based on the obstacle information sensed by the sensor; The environment in which the mobile terminal is located adjusts the first target direction.
40、 根据权利要求 34~38任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二控 制模块还用于控制所述无线接入设备采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所 述移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信息 构造所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境; 所述无线接入设备根据 所述无线接入设备和所述移动终端所处的环境调整所述第二目标方向。 40. The device according to any one of claims 34 to 38, characterized in that the second control module is also used to control the wireless access device to use sensors to sense the wireless access device and the mobile terminal. The obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device is located constructs the environment where the wireless access device and the mobile terminal are located based on the obstacle information sensed by the sensor; The environment where the mobile terminal is located adjusts the second target direction.
41、 一种无线接入服务设备, 所述无线接入服务设备为无线接入设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 41. A wireless access service device. The wireless access service device is a wireless access device, which is characterized by including:
检测模块, 用于检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合 的通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所 述第一无线接入链路为所述无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任 一移动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线 接入设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, 1 < R≤M ; 控制模块, 用于当所述检测模块判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不 满足移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目 标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入链路的 质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线接入链 路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设备在目 标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。 A detection module, configured to detect whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set. The first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links, and the first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links. A wireless access link is a wireless access link between the wireless access device at its current location and any one of R mobile terminals, where the R mobile terminals are accessing the wireless R mobile terminals among the M mobile terminals accessing the device, M≥l, 1<R≤M; a control module, used when the detection module determines that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet The communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device moves from the current location to the target location, and when the wireless access device moves to the target location, the quality of the second group of wireless access links meets the mobile Communication quality requirements for a set of terminals, wherein the second group of wireless access links includes R second wireless access links, and the second wireless access links are wireless access devices at the target location to the A wireless access link between any of the R mobile terminals.
42、根据权利要求 41所述的设备,其特征在于, 还包括:路径规划模块, 用于所述控制模块触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置之前, 根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置。 42. The device according to claim 41, further comprising: a path planning module, configured for the control module to trigger the wireless access device to move from the current location to the target location according to Article R of Parameters of a radio access link determine the target location.
43、 根据权利要求 42所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述路径规划模块具体 用于根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数获取所述 R个移动终端分别相对 所述无线接入设备的位置信息; 43. The device according to claim 42, characterized in that, the path planning module is specifically configured to obtain the relative positions of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access links according to parameters of the R first wireless access links. Enter the location information of the device;
根据所述 R个移动终端相对所述无线接入设备的位置信息确定所述目标 位置。 The target location is determined based on the location information of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device.
44、 根据权利要求 43所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述路径规划模块具体 用于根据所述 R个移动终端分别接入所述无线接入设备的天线波束的方向确 定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向;根据到达时间 TOA 确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的距离; 根据所述方向和 距离确定所述 R个移动终端分别相对无线接入设备的位置信息。 44. The device according to claim 43, wherein the path planning module is specifically configured to determine the R mobile terminals according to the directions of the antenna beams of the R mobile terminals respectively accessing the wireless access device. The directions of the terminals relative to the wireless access device respectively; determining the distances of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the arrival time TOA; determining the relative distances of the R mobile terminals relative to the wireless access device according to the directions and distances. Access device location information.
45、 根据权利要求 43所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述路径规划模块具体 用于根据所述 R个移动终端分别到所述天线阵列中的两个天线的到达角确定 所述 R个移动终端分别相对所述无线接入设备的方向与距离。 45. The device according to claim 43, wherein the path planning module is specifically configured to determine the R mobile terminals according to their angles of arrival to two antennas in the antenna array. The direction and distance of the terminal relative to the wireless access device respectively.
46、 根据权利要求 41~45任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述控制模 块具体用于判断最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足 所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述 N为大于等于 1的整数; 当 所述最近的前 N次检测所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足所述移动终端 集合的通信质量需求时, 则控制所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位 置。 46. The device according to any one of claims 41 to 45, characterized in that the control module is specifically configured to determine whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links in the most recent N times of detection meets the requirements. Communication quality requirements of a set of mobile terminals, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; When the quality of the first group of wireless access links detected in the most recent N times does not meet the communication requirements of the set of mobile terminals When quality requirements are met, the wireless access device is controlled to move from the current location to the target location.
47、 根据权利要求 42~46任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述路径规 划模块, 还用于根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所述目标位置之 后, 根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整所述目标位 置, 得到调整后的目标位置; 47. The device according to any one of claims 42 to 46, characterized in that the path plan a planning module, further configured to adjust the target position according to the environment in which the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located after determining the target position according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links. , get the adjusted target position;
所述控制模块具体用于触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到调整后 的目标位置。 The control module is specifically configured to trigger the wireless access device to move from the current position to the adjusted target position.
48、 根据权利要求 47所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述路径规划模块, 还 用于根据所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境调整所述目标位 置, 得到调整后的目标位置之前, 采用传感器感知所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境中的障碍物信息, 根据所述传感器感知的障碍物信 息构造所述无线接入设备和所述 R个移动终端所处的环境。 48. The device according to claim 47, wherein the path planning module is further configured to adjust the target position according to the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, to obtain the adjustment Before the final target position, a sensor is used to sense the obstacle information in the environment where the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are located, and the wireless access device and the R mobile terminals are constructed according to the obstacle information sensed by the sensor. Describe the environment in which R mobile terminals are located.
49、 根据权利要 41~46任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述路径规划 模块还用于触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动到目标位置之后, 接收所 述无线接入设备反馈的第二组无线接入链路的质量与所述第一组无线接入链 路的质量的比较结果; 根据所述比较结果以及第二无线接入链路的参数, 确 定下一次移动的目标位置。 49. The device according to any one of claims 41 to 46, characterized in that the path planning module is also used to trigger the wireless access device to move from the current position to the target position, and receive the wireless access device. The comparison result of the quality of the second group of wireless access links fed back by the device and the quality of the first group of wireless access links; Determine the next move based on the comparison result and the parameters of the second wireless access link target location.
50、 根据权利要求 42~46任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述控制模 块, 还用于所述路径规划模块根据所述 R条第一无线接入链路的参数确定所 述目标位置之后,在本地模拟验证所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置后, 所述第二组无线接入链路是否满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求; 所述 控制模块具体用于当确定本地模拟结果为所述第二组无线接入链路满足所述 移动终端集合的通信质量需求时, 则触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移动 到目标位置。 50. The device according to any one of claims 42 to 46, characterized in that the control module is further configured to determine the path planning module according to the parameters of the R first wireless access links. After the target location, local simulation verifies whether the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set after the wireless access device moves to the target location; The control module specifically uses When it is determined that the local simulation result is that the second group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, the wireless access device is triggered to move from the current location to the target location.
51、 一种无线接入服务设备, 所述无线接入服务设备为远端控制中心, 其特征在于, 包括: 51. A wireless access service device, the wireless access service device is a remote control center, characterized by including:
检测模块, 用于检测第一组无线接入链路的质量是否满足移动终端集合 的通信质量需求, 所述第一组无线接入链路包括 R条第一无线接入链路, 所 述第一无线接入链路为无线接入设备在当前位置到 R个移动终端中的任一移 动终端之间的无线接入链路, 其中, 所述 R个移动终端为接入所述无线接入 设备的 M个移动终端中的 R个移动终端, M≥l, \ < R≤M ; A detection module, configured to detect whether the quality of the first group of wireless access links meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set. The first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links, and the first group of wireless access links includes R first wireless access links. A wireless access link is a wireless access link between the wireless access device at its current location and any one of R mobile terminals, where the R mobile terminals are accessing the wireless access link. R mobile terminals among the M mobile terminals of the device, M≥l, \ < R≤M;
控制模块, 用于判断所述第一组无线接入链路的质量不满足移动终端集 合的通信质量需求, 所述远端控制中心触发所述无线接入设备从当前位置移 动到目标位置, 所述无线接入设备移动到所述目标位置时, 第二组无线接入 链路的质量满足所述移动终端集合的通信质量需求, 其中, 所述第二组无线 接入链路包括 R条第二无线接入链路, 所述第二无线接入链路为无线接入设 备在目标位置到所述 R个移动终端中的任一移动终端之间的无线接入链路。 A control module configured to determine that the quality of the first group of wireless access links does not meet the requirements of the mobile terminal set. According to the communication quality requirements, the remote control center triggers the wireless access device to move from the current position to the target position. When the wireless access device moves to the target position, the second group of wireless access links The quality meets the communication quality requirements of the mobile terminal set, wherein the second group of wireless access links includes R second wireless access links, and the second wireless access links are wireless access devices in A wireless access link between the target location and any one of the R mobile terminals.
PCT/CN2014/083132 2014-02-19 2014-07-28 Wireless access service method and device WO2015123966A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP14883274.4A EP3101818B1 (en) 2014-02-19 2014-07-28 Wireless access service method and device
KR1020167025273A KR101886771B1 (en) 2014-02-19 2014-07-28 Methods and apparatus for wirelessly accessing services
JP2016552960A JP6514224B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2014-07-28 Method and device for wirelessly accessing a service
EP18165997.0A EP3435698B1 (en) 2014-02-19 2014-07-28 Method and device for wirelessly accessing service
US15/241,865 US10123220B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-08-19 Method and device for wirelessly accessing service

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410056660.1A CN104853402B (en) 2014-02-19 2014-02-19 Wirelessly access method and apparatus
CN201410056660.1 2014-02-19

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/241,865 Continuation US10123220B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-08-19 Method and device for wirelessly accessing service

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015123966A1 true WO2015123966A1 (en) 2015-08-27

Family

ID=53852672

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/083132 WO2015123966A1 (en) 2014-02-19 2014-07-28 Wireless access service method and device

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US10123220B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3101818B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6514224B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101886771B1 (en)
CN (1) CN104853402B (en)
WO (1) WO2015123966A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106330843B (en) * 2015-07-02 2020-01-14 株式会社理光 System and method for restricted access to an area
CN105813225A (en) * 2016-03-11 2016-07-27 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Data returning method, device and system
US10313070B2 (en) * 2016-11-03 2019-06-04 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Fast millimeter-wave cell acquisition
CN106716872B (en) * 2016-11-10 2020-11-06 深圳达闼科技控股有限公司 Aircraft, control method and device thereof and electronic equipment
CN106717048A (en) * 2016-11-10 2017-05-24 深圳达闼科技控股有限公司 Method and apparatus for dynamic adjustment of flight position of aircraft
CN108336829B (en) * 2017-01-17 2020-04-10 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for supplying power to base station
US10831945B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-11-10 Middle Chart, LLC Apparatus for operation of connected infrastructure
US10824774B2 (en) 2019-01-17 2020-11-03 Middle Chart, LLC Methods and apparatus for healthcare facility optimization
US10740502B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-08-11 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for position based query with augmented reality headgear
US10628617B1 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-04-21 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for wireless determination of position and orientation of a smart device
US10902160B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2021-01-26 Middle Chart, LLC Cold storage environmental control and product tracking
US10740503B1 (en) 2019-01-17 2020-08-11 Middle Chart, LLC Spatial self-verifying array of nodes
US11194938B2 (en) 2020-01-28 2021-12-07 Middle Chart, LLC Methods and apparatus for persistent location based digital content
US11900021B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2024-02-13 Middle Chart, LLC Provision of digital content via a wearable eye covering
WO2020068177A1 (en) 2018-09-26 2020-04-02 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for augmented virtual models and orienteering
US10776529B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-09-15 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for enhanced automated wireless orienteering
US10762251B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-09-01 Middle Chart, LLC System for conducting a service call with orienteering
US11468209B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2022-10-11 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for display of digital content associated with a location in a wireless communications area
US10984146B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2021-04-20 Middle Chart, LLC Tracking safety conditions of an area
US10949579B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2021-03-16 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for enhanced position and orientation determination
US11436389B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2022-09-06 Middle Chart, LLC Artificial intelligence based exchange of geospatial related digital content
US11900023B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2024-02-13 Middle Chart, LLC Agent supportable device for pointing towards an item of interest
US10620084B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-04-14 Middle Chart, LLC System for hierarchical actions based upon monitored building conditions
US11475177B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2022-10-18 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for improved position and orientation based information display
US10872179B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-12-22 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for automated site augmentation
US11625510B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2023-04-11 Middle Chart, LLC Method and apparatus for presentation of digital content
US11481527B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2022-10-25 Middle Chart, LLC Apparatus for displaying information about an item of equipment in a direction of interest
EP3422592A1 (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-01-02 National Chung Shan Institute of Science and Technology Array antenna communication system and method
JP6814118B2 (en) * 2017-09-15 2021-01-13 株式会社日立製作所 Robot controls, systems, and methods
CN109194418A (en) * 2018-08-28 2019-01-11 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Terminal signaling display methods and device
CN109541662B (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-07-14 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Positioning method and device
CN112703757A (en) * 2018-11-21 2021-04-23 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 Wireless router and wireless router autonomous moving system and method
CN111142067A (en) * 2019-08-27 2020-05-12 广东小天才科技有限公司 Three-dimensional positioning method of mobile equipment and mobile equipment
CN110535520B (en) * 2019-10-29 2020-02-14 特斯联(北京)科技有限公司 Mobile intelligent relay equipment and relay system for improving indoor Internet of things signal coverage
KR102259913B1 (en) * 2019-11-21 2021-06-24 (주)비이인터렉티브 Moving object sensing apparatus using beacon signal
US11507714B2 (en) 2020-01-28 2022-11-22 Middle Chart, LLC Methods and apparatus for secure persistent location based digital content
US11640486B2 (en) 2021-03-01 2023-05-02 Middle Chart, LLC Architectural drawing based exchange of geospatial related digital content
CN111736624B (en) * 2020-05-12 2023-12-22 萧县航迅信息技术有限公司 Urban flight route planning system and method based on Cell-ID unmanned aerial vehicle
US11470560B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-10-11 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Determining power optimization for multiple radios based on historical power usage in advanced networks
CN112333798B (en) * 2020-11-05 2022-01-18 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Control method and device of intelligent equipment
CN114125769B (en) * 2022-01-28 2022-05-10 华南师范大学 Charging pile information interaction method and system, charging pile, equipment and medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100571057C (en) * 2003-09-30 2009-12-16 联想(新加坡)私人有限公司 The wireless user is guided into the method and system of the position of signal intelligence improvement
CN101677285A (en) * 2008-09-17 2010-03-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wireless device dynamic access method and system
WO2013010508A1 (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-01-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Proactive navigation techniques to improve users' mobile network access

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6246883B1 (en) * 1996-12-24 2001-06-12 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Mobile base station
EP1018284A1 (en) * 1997-07-09 2000-07-12 Winstar Communications, Inc. A wireless system for providing symmetrical, bidirectional broadband telecommunications and multimedia services employing a computer-controlled radio system
US7248841B2 (en) * 2000-06-13 2007-07-24 Agee Brian G Method and apparatus for optimization of wireless multipoint electromagnetic communication networks
US7035932B1 (en) * 2000-10-27 2006-04-25 Eric Morgan Dowling Federated multiprotocol communication
US7206294B2 (en) 2001-08-15 2007-04-17 Meshnetworks, Inc. Movable access points and repeaters for minimizing coverage and capacity constraints in a wireless communications network and a method for using the same
JP2004032062A (en) * 2002-06-21 2004-01-29 Nec Corp Radio communication system and repeater
KR20040042242A (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-20 삼성전자주식회사 home robot using home server and home network system having the robot
US7496070B2 (en) * 2004-06-30 2009-02-24 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Reconfigureable arrays of wireless access points
JP4568598B2 (en) * 2004-12-21 2010-10-27 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Control device and communication control method
US20090180451A1 (en) * 2008-01-10 2009-07-16 Comsys Communication & Signal Processing Ltd. Apparatus for and method of coordinating transmission and reception opportunities in a communications device incorporating multiple radios
JP2011250159A (en) * 2010-05-27 2011-12-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Mobile communication system
JP5565287B2 (en) * 2010-11-29 2014-08-06 富士通株式会社 Base station apparatus and communication method
CN102645932A (en) 2012-04-27 2012-08-22 北京智能佳科技有限公司 Remote-controlled shopping-guide robot
WO2014079053A1 (en) 2012-11-26 2014-05-30 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus and system for recovering communication
CN103268111A (en) 2013-05-28 2013-08-28 重庆大学 Networked distribution type multiple-mobile-robot system
JP6200783B2 (en) * 2013-11-08 2017-09-20 株式会社Nttドコモ Wireless communication apparatus and movement control method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100571057C (en) * 2003-09-30 2009-12-16 联想(新加坡)私人有限公司 The wireless user is guided into the method and system of the position of signal intelligence improvement
CN101677285A (en) * 2008-09-17 2010-03-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wireless device dynamic access method and system
WO2013010508A1 (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-01-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Proactive navigation techniques to improve users' mobile network access

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3101818A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6514224B2 (en) 2019-05-15
US10123220B2 (en) 2018-11-06
KR101886771B1 (en) 2018-08-08
CN104853402B (en) 2018-09-21
CN104853402A (en) 2015-08-19
JP2017512012A (en) 2017-04-27
EP3101818B1 (en) 2018-05-30
US20160360429A1 (en) 2016-12-08
KR20160120763A (en) 2016-10-18
EP3101818A1 (en) 2016-12-07
EP3435698A1 (en) 2019-01-30
EP3435698B1 (en) 2019-12-04
EP3435698A8 (en) 2019-03-13
EP3101818A4 (en) 2017-04-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015123966A1 (en) Wireless access service method and device
US20210352576A1 (en) Beamforming
JP7265549B2 (en) Motion detection and localization based on two-way channel sounding
Boukerche et al. Localization systems for wireless sensor networks
KR101436031B1 (en) System and method for position estimation using downlink access point
CN111226128A (en) Motion detection by a central controller using beamforming dynamic information
Chai et al. An indoor positioning algorithm using bluetooth low energy RSSI
US20170034802A1 (en) Method and system for determining a location of wireless device
TWI692267B (en) Autonomous positioning within a mesh network
KR101453651B1 (en) System and method for the automatic indoor positioning system using global and local position information
JP2007271444A (en) Wireless installation, and wireless network system equipped with the same
Zhou et al. RSSI-based mobile robot navigation in grid-pattern wireless sensor network
Paulino et al. Evaluating a novel Bluetooth 5.1 AoA approach for low-cost indoor vehicle tracking via simulation
Kumar et al. Localization in wireless sensor networks using directionally information
JP5340509B1 (en) POSITIONING METHOD AND POSITIONING SYSTEM
WO2023186004A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus
US20230154342A1 (en) Drone State Estimation by Single Base Station
Muthineni et al. A Survey of 5G-Based Positioning for Industry 4.0: State of the Art and Enhanced Techniques
KR20230174610A (en) Method and apparatus for positioning
WO2021134767A1 (en) Positioning target device
WO2023072380A1 (en) Devices and methods for positioning in a wireless network
WO2022022805A1 (en) Orientation information determining of mobile devices
Trogh et al. A comparison of human body compensation models for RSSI based localization and tracking
Chen RSS sampling theory for wireless localization
BR112017024153B1 (en) ATTACHABLE DEVICE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK, METHOD FOR PRIORITIZING TRANSMISSION, AND, NETWORK NODE

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14883274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016552960

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014883274

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014883274

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167025273

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A